24 Itt Questions

q_id

AC1

AC2

AC3

AC4

AC5

AC6

AC7

AC8

AC9

AC10

AC11

AC12

AC13

AC14

AC15

AC16

AC17

AC18

AC19

AC20

AC21

AC22

AC23

AC24

AC25

AC26

AC27

AC28

AC29

AC30

AC31

AC32

AC33

AC34

AC35

AC36

AC37

AC38

AC39

AC40

AC41

AC42

AC43

AC44

AC45

AC46

AC47

AC48

AC49

AC50

AC51

AC52

AC53

AC54

AC55

AC56

AC57

AC58

AC59

AC60

AC61

AC62

AC63

AC64

AC65

AC66

AC67

AC68

AC69

AC70

AC71

AC72

AC73

AC74

AC75

AC76

AC77

AC78

q_desc

The ------ key can be used to select an existing company from list of companies.

The re-order point is the inventory quantity that trigger a stock replishment activity.

0

In tally,all masters have ________main options

In tally,to create a new column in balance sheet press _______

In tally,a group company is marked with an ______________

Tally allows to delete a ledger from --------- alteration mode.

--------------------- is/are useful for management in the decision making.

In tally,the group company must contain at least _____________ members

To cancel a vourcher entry in Tally, short-cut key is -----------

The accounting masters and inventory masters related to

In Tally, we press ------------, to print report .

In the Tally Software, the ------------ directory stores all data entered by the user.

Import and Export of data between Tally and other programs is possible only through ---------- Program.

A/An ------------- is the official notice that the firm sends to its customers to advise then to the amount of money that is owed.

In tally,the use of group behaves like a sub-ledger, option is that we can summarize many ledger accounts into one line statementsIn tally, we can alter ledger details using either single or multiple modes but not alble to delete a ledger from multiple modes.

The systems that work together to order,receive, and pay for replenishment of stock are ---------------

We press ------------- function key to display the age-wise analysis of Bills Receivable or Bills Payable report

In Tally, Types of Accounts and Types of Vouchers passed during the period, can be seen in ------------- report.

The Ledger Accounts are unique in Financial Accounting Packages

In Tally, we can customize the Vouchers as per our requirements

The number of steps in Accounts Compilation are

Each action/transaction of a firm is described by a ----------------.

Tally is based on mercantile accounting system

Ctrl + N is used to -----------

Revenue Account also known as -------------- Account

Method of Voucher Numbering is/are

Accounts Receivable are displayed in

To assemble a product from different items -------------- entry is used

Tally provides at least --------- predefined voucher formats

The value of the inventory is included in a ledger accounts as an asset on the balance sheet

From voucher entry mode , if we press __________ then we get payment voucher in tally

Default Cost Category in Tally is/are --------------

A ----------- is a primary document for recording all financial transactions.

The field can have a value between ________________ in FA Package.

Customers can be permitted to enter their own data into the firm’s computer using the firm’s wide area network is an example of

------------- in Tally classify the accounts under different heads so that summarised information is possible.

A --------- purchase orders data flow is directed to the purchasing system for use in closing out the outstanding purchase orders in the receiving system diagram.

" The buyers can follow up with the suppliers to determine the reasons " is an example of -----------------

A Group Company is simply a name and an identify given to the merged accounts member companies of the group.

It is necessary to manipulate data to transform it into ----------------

In tally, to change the date of the voucher press ______

Tally can maintain budgets on ----------------

The value of the inventory is included as an asset on the balance sheet

The accounts payable system is responsible for paying the suppliers for the -----------------

What is the default financial year in Tally6.3 _________________

Tally encrypts and stores TALLY DATA at the data directory

The Profit & Loss statement can be displayed in ---------------- format(s).

Default ledger accounts in tally are ______

Default 'godown' name in tally is ____________

'Tally vault' is a _________________

To create a sales voucher in tally , you have to press _______

In tally,"credit note" voucher type records entry for ________________

In tally you get currency symbol option from _______ menu

------------------ gives the balance for each day for the voucher type has been selected.

For 'stock journal' entry we press ______________ in tally

Tally provides the capability to the administrator/auditor to track changes in the areas is/are

In tally, types of users are _______________

The _______ file maintains data that describes the supplier past transaction with the firm in terms of material quality in AIS

In ratio analysis report of Tally FA packagewe we press ________________ function key to the display of bills receivable , bills payables report

A Group Company is ------------------------- given to the merged accounts of member companies of the group.

Projected approximation of income or expenses is called ______________ .

"Administrator" type user is also called 'Auditor' of a company in Tally

You will get company information , if you press __________ from gateway of tally

A constituent(member) company can be a member of more than one group.

Default stock category in tally is ______

In Tally,inventory valuation method option is available from _______

Tally audit feature is available in a company __________________

In tally, a group company can also be a constituent(member) of another group company

Default number of groups in tally are ________

During voucher entry ------------- are used.

User designated as --------------- can view audit list.

Tally supports Importing of data from ----------------

By pressing -------- key, a list of inventory reports can be displayed straightaway from the balace sheet report

To create a log of the import activity in a file _____________ is located in the same directory as an executable program in tally

In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:

op1 op2 op3 op4

F1 ALT+F1 CTRL+F1 None of the above

Tally ODBC Tally IMP Tally INI None of the above

TRUE false


Invoice Bill A or B None of the above

Two Three Four Five

Ctrl+C Alt+C Alt+Ctrl+C None of the above

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

* $ & ^

Puchasing and Receiving

Single Multiple A or B Mone of the above

Cash Flow Statements Fund Flow Statements Ratio Analysis All of the above

Two Three Four One

Alt+D Alt+X Ctrl+T Ctrl+D

Create Information Alter Information All of the above

F4 F5 F6 F7

Alt+P Ctrl+P Shift+P None of the above

Tally Audit Statistics Day Book Journal Book

Bin Data Sub None of the above

Puchasing and Accounts payable

Accounts payable and Receiving

Puchasing, Receiving and Accounts payable

Display Information

True False

All of the above

TRUE FALSE

2 3 4 5

data element data record Field All of the above

FALSE TRUE

Open Calculator Change Period None of the above

Ledgers Groups Journals None of the above

Personal Nominal Real None of the above

Manual Automatic None All of the above

Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Journal Book All of the above

Journal Stock Journal Reversing Journal

Filled Receipt Issue None of the above

11 16 18 21

FALSE TRUE

management by objective All of the above

F4 F5 F6 Alt+f5

Main Location Primary All of the above

True False

Ledgers Reports Vouchers None of the above

0 to 9 1 to 100 10 to 60 None

Enterprise Data Interchange

Enterprise Data - Information

Electronic Data Interchange.

Display stock valuation method

Physical Stock Transfer

management by exception

electronic data analysis

Primary Cost Category

Supplier Suspense Order All of the above

Report Output Information None of the above

F2 F4 Ctrl+f2 Ctrl+f4

Net Transactions Closing Balance A and B None of the above

True False

F6 function key Alt + f6 function key F7 function key None of the above

Sales Purchases A or B None of the above

1-4-1995 to 31-3-1996 1-4-1996 to 31-3-1997 None of the above

True False

Horizontal Vertical A or B None of the above

Cash and bank

Primary Main location A or b None of the above

Security mechanism Ledger a/c Cost category None of the above

F5 F7 F8 F9

a name an identity A and B None of the above

Sales return Purchase return a or b None of the above

Company creation Stock items units Regional setting None of the above

Trial Balance Daybook Balance Sheet None of the above

F7 Alt + F7 F10 F11

Both A and B None of the above

2 3 4 1

1-4-1997 to 31-3-1998

Balance sheet & profit & loss profit & loss and trial balance

Profit & loss and trial balance

Cash and profit & loss

Changes in transactions or vouchers

Changes in Ledger Masters

F9 F10 F11 F12

Balance sheet Profit & loss a/c Budget None

TRUE FALSE

F3 Ctrl+F3 Alt+F3 None of the above

TRUE FALSE

Main location Primary Symbol None of them

Tally.imp Tally.ini A or b None

Stock summary Stock journal Stock analysis None of the above

None

TRUE FALSE

128 228 28 16

Ledger Accounts Groups Sub-Groups B or C

Administrator Owner Data Entry TallyVault


Inventory subsidiary. Cash disbursements. Cash receipts. Payroll transactions.

By pressing F11 function key

During the creation of a company

In 'comp info -> security control' option

One company to another company created withon Tally Package

Other programs - a spreadsheet or a database file.

Does not require as stringent a set of internal controls.

Will produce a more accurate set of financial statements.

Will be more efficient at producing financial

Eliminates the need to reconcile control accounts and subsidiary ledgers.

ans

A

A

A

B

C

B

B

A

A

A

D

A

D

A

B

D

C

A

B

B

A

C

A

C

B

B

B

B

B

B

A

B

A

B

B

B

B

C

A

C

A

A

C

A

C

A

A

B

B

A

C

C

B

A

D

C

A

A

B

B

C

B

A

C

A

C

A

B

A

A

B

A

C

A

A

C

A

C

Q_id Q_desc

BC1 The memory address register is used to store

BC2 Inefficient usage of excess computer equipment can be controlled by

BC3 Which of the following is not the component of a CPU

BC4

BC5 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?

BC6 What do the abbreviations VAB stand for

BC7

BC8

BC9 Header label normally include all the following except the

A daisy wheel is a type of...?

An impact printer creates characters by using...?

The best security control in a microcomputer environment is to

What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter?

What do you need for an ink jet printer?

The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of

What do you need for an ink jet printer?

A laser printer does NOT use?

The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...?

You can ________ protect a floppy disk.

Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...?

Magnetic tape is a...?

Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...?

Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb?

A trailer label is used on a magnetic tape file, it is the last record and summarises the file. The following is an information not found in the trailer label

What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tapeWhat are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?

BC10BC11

Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers

BC12BC13BC14BC15BC16BC17BC18BC19BC20BC21BC22BC23BC24

Which storage device cannot be erased?

You can ________ protect a floppy disk

Where should floppy disks be stored?

The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?

What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions?

Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?

What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?

How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?

What type of computer chips are said to be volatile?

Magnetic tape is a...?

Software can be divided into two areas:

Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights

Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?

Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...?

Which generation of computer was developed from microchips?

Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor?

Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits?

Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?

Name three steps involved in developing an information system

How do you define analysis of an information system?

What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?

What is the function of systems software?

Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?

What is Direct Implementation?

What is parallel running?

BC25BC26BC27BC28BC29BC30BC31BC32BC33BC34BC35BC36BC37BC38BC39BC40BC41BC42BC43BC44BC45BC46BC47BC48BC49

What documents are produced during the development of a system?

What are User Guides are used for?

Systems software can be categorised into:

Which storage device cannot be erased?

Application software are programs that are written

Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?

Convert the decimal number 2989 to Hexadecimal

Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?

What are utilities?

Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in

The original ASCII codes

A Nibble corresponds to

A gigabyte represents

A 32-bit processor has

A parity bit is

he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?

Clock speed is measured in

Cache memory enhances

CISC machines

Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?

Every data from the primary memory will be erased if

An RS-232 interface is

For print quality you would expect best results from

ROM

A UPS

BC50BC51BC52BC53BC54BC55BC56BC57BC58BC59BC60BC61BC62BC63BC64BC65BC66BC67BC68BC69BC70BC71BC72BC73BC74

smart card

Laptop computers use

Multiprogramming refers to

Multitasking refers to

What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?

A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through

Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for

Timesharing is the same as

Virtual memory is

Multiprocessing is

What is the function of a disk drive?

A 4GL is

A nanosecond is

The memory address register is used to store

The memory data register is used to store

The instruction register stores

Detecting errors in real memory is a function of

To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user should

To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user should

BC75BC76BC77BC78BC79BC80BC81BC82BC83BC84BC85

To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should

BC86BC87BC88BC89

What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?

BC90BC91BC92BC93

Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor?

BC94

A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.

BC95

Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?

BC96BC97BC98

A series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a

BC99

All are examples of computer software except

The part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the

For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into

The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is

Multimedia software can be most productively used for

To be effective a virus checker should be

Passwords enable users to

12. How many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent?

Back up of the data files will help to prevent

Which one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol?

The advantage of a PC network is that

The term A:\ refers to

UPS stands for

The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that

A flow chart is the

BC100

Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is called

BC101

The place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the

BC102BC103

Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as

BC104

Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a record

BC105BC106BC107BC108

Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer system

BC109

Which one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music?

BC110

An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?

BC111

Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?

BC112BC113BC114

Which one of the following software applications would be the MOST appropriate for performing numerical and statistical calculations?

BC115BC116BC117BC118BC119BC120BC121BC122BC123

You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called

BC124

A voucher entry in Tally is done for

Passwords are applied to files in order to

Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:

What is a computer-aided design system?

A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.

File extensions are used in order to

Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT:

Hashing for disk files is called

Black box testing and white box testing are part of:

Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?

Benchmarks form part of:

Which is not part of help desk documentation:

Testing of individual modules is known as:

Which is part of installation testing:


The basic systems model is used to describe virtually all information systems and it consists of the following elements:

BC129BC130BC131BC132BC133BC134

Components of expert systems include: a) inference engine; b) user interface; c) knowledge base; d) fuzzy logic

BC135BC136

What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?

BC137

The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility

BC138BC139

Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?

BC140

Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture

BC141BC142

Continuity controls include: a) record counts; b) date checks; c) label checks; d) run-to-run totals

BC143BC144BC145

Design phase of CASE tools includes: a) data architecture; b) decision architecture; c) interface architecture; d) presentation architecture

BC146BC147

The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:

BC148

Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audio

BC149

Which of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?

Designing relationships among components is part of:

Several Computers connected together is called:

Which network topology uses a Hub?

Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?

Application software are programs

Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they

A modem is a device that

Terminal hardware controls include

RS-232 is a

What is a compiler?

What are the stages in the compilation process?

Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme

What is the definition of an interpreter?


Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired one

BC156

Which of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?

BC157

Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are required

BC158

It is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly because

BC159

Which component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performance

BC160

Which of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity

BC161BC162

A computer is to be linked to 8 terminals using a single communication link. To permit simultaneous terminal operations, communication path will require which of the following

BC163BC164

A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a

BC165

A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called an

BC166

If a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be

BC167BC168BC169BC170BC171BC172BC173

A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as a

BC174

Third generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as

Serial Communication is used over long distance because it

In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?

The primary function of a front-end processor is to

What is the first stage in program development?

What is System Analysis?

A device to device hardware communication link is called

What will a good software provider consider?

The topology of a network can be each of the following except

What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85?

Which is the most common data transmission error checking method

What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111?

What is the decimal value of the octal number 215?

Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?

Cache memory enhances

What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF?

Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in

What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476?

A byte corresponds to

What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean?

A Kb corresponds to

What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101?

Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer in

Where would you find the letters QWERTY?

BC175BC176BC177BC178BC179

Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network

BC180BC181BC182BC183BC184BC185BC186BC187

Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single line

BC188BC189BC190BC191BC192BC193BC194BC195BC196BC197BC198BC199

A parity bit is

How did the computer mouse get its name?

Clock speed is measured in

What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?

CPU performance may be measured in

A digitising tablet can be used for?

Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?

A UPS

What does a light pen contain?

The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around

Where would you find the letters QUERTY?

What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?

A digitising tablet can be used for?

Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?

What input device could tell you the price of a product

Where would you find a magnetic strip?

Hard copy is a term used to describe...?

A daisy wheel is a type of...?

What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test?

Laptop computers use

QWERTY is used with reference to

What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate?

BC200BC201BC202BC203BC204BC205BC206

In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used


What general term describes the physical equipment of a computer system, such as its video screen, keyboard, and storage devices?


What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen Called


A GUI is

Where would you find a magnetic strip?

Multiprogramming refers to

Multitasking refers to

Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for

UNIVAC Computer belongs to the

Timesharing is the same as

Name the first Indian Super Computer?

Disk fragmentation

A compiler is

Which printer among the following is fastest

“Zipping” a file means

What does acronym VIRUS stands for

An impact printer creates characters by using...?

A client-server system is based on

A nanosecond is

A _____ is a running instance of an application

Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing

______ printer use laser light

BC225BC226BC227BC228BC229BC230BC231BC232BC233BC234

The technology which is used to check answer sheets of multiple-choice questions in civil services or similar examinations is: -


A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of

BC243

_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers

BC244BC245BC246

______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities

BC247

_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data

BC248BC249

______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text

_______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files

_____ is a collection of related fields

_____ language consists of strings of binary numbers

_______ is an example for micro computer

_________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks

A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system

_____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processing

DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories

______is the most advantageous database system

Modem stands for __________ .

_________allows an application to multitask within itself

LAN stands for __________ .

New process of execution is referred to as______

ISDN stands for _______.

_____________ is the Worlds largest computer network .

_______is/are a popular front end tool

BC250

______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers


______ symbol is used to represent processes like assigning a value to a variable or adding a number

BC255BC256BC257

The ______ do not have processing power of their own and has only a screen, keyboard and the necessary hardware to communicate with the host. For this reason, the terminals are referred as_______________

BC258BC259BC260

The______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architecture

BC261

Both the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____system

BC262

When all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as

BC263BC264BC265

A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______

BC266

The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______

BC267BC268

Multiple changes to the same record or a field are prevented by the DBMS through______


When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ .

TCP/IP stands for _________ .

Data is broken into small unit called __________ .

SMTP stands for __________ .

ATM stands for __________ .

The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____

ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology.

__________ is designed telephone system

Expansion of ISDN is ________

Expansion of WBT is ______________

_________ connects LANs.

Collection of instruction is called a _____

Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data

Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______

_________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs

_______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer

_______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information

_______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer

Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______


The __________ protocol is a network protocol to be built for the World Wide Web .

BC280BC281

The computer which can receive data from other computers on the network and print it is _______

BC282BC283BC284BC285BC286BC287BC288BC289BC290BC291BC292BC293

_______ is the capability of the o/s to run numerous applications simultaneously

BC294BC295BC296

_______ printers use light to produce the dots needed to form pages of characters

BC297BC298

_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased

BC299

_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer

_______ converts a high level language into machine languageBC300BC301

_______ translates assembly language program into machine language instructions

Op1 Op2 Op3

the address of a memory location

Contingency Planning System feasibility report Capacity Planning

NIC Card VSAT RAM

Record Count Identification Number Control totals for one or more fields

Writing on a hard board Printed output Storing information on the hard disk

Voice activated broadcasting Voice answer back Visual audio board

Validity check Boundary protection File protection ring

Coloured spots Pixels Pixies

File Name Identification number Reel Number

Printer Storage device Pointing device

System Logs Physical Security Console Log

Electrically charged ink An ink pen An inked ribbon and print head

Restrict physical access Use only unremovable media Require user passwords

A pen Paper Eraser

A cartridge A drum A ribbon

Separation of duties Centralised function for PC Disposition

A cartridge A drum A ribbon

A print head A laser beam An INK RIBBON

Volume Size Storage capacity

Read Write Read and Write

Magnetic tape PAN drive Floppy disk

Serial access medium Random access medium A parallel access medium

1.44MB 20 GB 700MB

A CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage

data to be transferred to memory

data that has been transferred from memory

Centralised function for PC acquisition

A CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage

Read Write Read and Write

By a sunny window By magnet objects In a drawer

ROM chips RAM chips CDROM chips

RAM chips ROM chips DRAM chips

ALU Registers Logic bus

CPUs Registers Control unit

0 bits 1 bit 8 bits

RAM chips ROM chips CACHE

Serial access medium Random access medium A parallel access medium

Business software and games software

Supercomputer Personal computer Mainframe computer

Notebook computers Supercomputers Jon Von Neumann computers

First generation Second generation Hoover generation

Second generation First generation Fourth generation

Second generation Third generation Fifth generation



Only hardware and software

To collect data To execute any programs To maintain security

Deleted from the disk Copied from the disk Saved to the disk

Users operate the manual system

Network software and security software

Systems software and application software

Specification, Design, and Testing

Programming, Design, and Testing

Analysis, System Design, and ImplementationAnalysis translates program

code of a high level language to machine code

Analysis is the loading of programs that perform routines to control peripheral devices

This involves looking at a system and finding out how information is being handled

Inputs, outputs, file design hardware, and software

Maintenance, reliability, and upgradeability

Users operate the manual system and computer system at the same time

Users operate the computer system from a given dateThe new system is

introduced alongside the existing system

The new system is introduced and users start operating it Users continue operating the old system

Log files and temporary files

For technical support

Database systems and backup services

Magnetic tape storage CD-ROM floppy disk

To do a particular task.

Data bus Auto bus Address bus

FDDI BAD TED

Data bus Auto bus Address bus

binary form ASCII code form decimal form

were 7 bits 8 bits represented 256 characters

4 bits 8 bits 16 bits

More than 1000 mega bytes 1000 kilobytes 230 bytes

32 registers 32 I/O devices 32 Mb of RAM

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte

ROM RAM DRAM

bits per second baud bytes

memory capacity memory access time secondary storage capacity

have medium clock speeds

ALU Registers Variables

Power is switched off

a parallel interface a serial interface printer interface

line printer dot matrix printer ink-jet printer

is faster to access than RAM is non-volatile stores more information than RAM

increases the process speed

Instructions and technical documentation

User Guide and technical documentation

To enable any printer to be connected to the network

User guides cover how to run the system, enter data, save, print, etc.

Operating systems and system services

Network systems and communication services

To maintain a backup copy of all the information

To help someone who is applying for employment

Peripherals that are connected to a computer.

Operating system routines that execute in supervisor mode.

Data structures that are part of the kernel of an operating system.

used to indicate uppercase letters

have fewer instructions than RISC machines

use more RAM than RISC machines

Computer is improperly shut down

Data is not saved before computer is shut down

increased the storage capacity of a computer system

provides backup power in the event of a power cut

is a form of ATM card

CRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays

multitasking writing programs in multiple languages

writing programs in multiple languages

ALU Registers Variables

brochures magazines CD-ROM

multitasking an operating system

multitasking multiprogramming multiuser

related to virtual reality a form of ROM a form of VRAM

same as multitasking same as multiprogramming multiuser

save the file set up a password make a backup copy

to calculate numbers to print sheets of paper

Uses Cobol uses Java uses C++

106 sec 103 sec 1012 sec

a keypad a mouse a frog



an instruction that has been executed

a cursor a scroll bar a light pen

Formula Algorithm Program

Assembler Compiler Artificial Intelligence

Memory protection Parity Checking Range checking

search each file in turn use the backup facility

Network Program System

keep a record of computer failures

has more storage capacity than an ATM card

is an access card for a security system

having several programs in RAM at the same time having several softwares running at the same time

the ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently

to run more than one program at the same time

to read from or write information to a floppy disk



data to be transferred to or from memory

data to be transferred to the stack

an instruction that has been decoded

an instruction that has been fetched from memory

use the directory search tools

save copies of the file with the same name on the system

use different filenames on the system

Multiprocessing Time sharing Multiprogramming

ROM RAM Floppy Disk

Firmware Word Processor Telephone modem

Firmware Word Processor Telephone modem

Sequential Hashed Indexed

Operating System ALU CPU

Tracks and Sectors Blocks and Sectors Files and Tracks

Character, field, database Database, character, record File, record, field

Valid character check Maintenance diagnostic program Systems logs

Sound card. CD-ROM MIDI interface

Text Pictures Sound

Laser Dot matrix Ink-jet

replaced regularly never updated updated regularly

Database Document processor Graphics package

get into the system quickly make efficient use of time retain confidentiality of files

512 1024 4096

loss of confidentiality duplication of data virus infection

TCP/IP HTML IPX/SPX

files can be shared printer can do 1000s of pages a day

a file name a subdirectory the root directory

universal port serial up-line provider service uninterruptable power supply

data. documents. information.

Logical Steps in any language

viewing an encyclopaedia CD-ROM.

creating the plans for a building design.

presenting an order for stock to a warehouse.

access to the internet is quicker

orphan files can be left on the system

the program executable may not allow it to be uninstalled

the system requires a network administrator to uninstall it

Graphical representation of logic

Rules writte in procedural language

To fill the log register It is mandatory in tally

assist in maintenance speed up access prevent unauthorised access

senior executive support for IT. IT understands the business

input. output. processing.

specialist or functional Application Service Provider enterprise

name the file ensure the filename is not lost identify the file

preventive controls. detective controls. corrective controls.

external hashing static hashing dynamic hashing

A: (a) , (b), (d) B: (a) to (d) C: (a), (b), (c)

corrective controls preventive controls detective controls

Component Interface Settings

(a), (c), (d) (b), (c), (d) (a) to (d)

Press the reset button.

Create the files again. Ask the person next to you. Use the Find or Search feature.

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d)

detective controls organisational controls preventive controls

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d)

problem logging call lights program change requests

unit testing data testing thread testing

(b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (d) (a), (b), (c)

benchmark testing specifications matching parallel operations

Multiplexer. Peripheral processors. Concentrator.

(a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c)

Physical security of warehouse facilities.

Purchase, sales, receipt, payments etc.

IT management lacks leadership.

The use of computers to design state-of-the-art, high-quality products.

Using computers to do architecture.

Software that generates innovated designs and artistic patterns.

Turn the computer off at the power point.

Select the ‘Shut Down’ option from a menu.

Replacement personal computers for user departments.

Identification of critical applications.

architectural design interface design procedural design

Client-server Client Computer network

Star Bus Mesh

Star Bus Ring

Direct Sequential Binary

Operating systems and compilers.

A sequential file on a disk A sequential file on a tape A direct access file on a disk

Parity errors will result

Data path part Control Unit Address calculation part

Distributed systems Local Area network Wide area network

Mixer Modem Multiplexor

Aids in back-up procedures Packs data in a disk file

Planetary network Ring Network Loop Network

Office Automation Executor systems Electronic mailing

A dumb workstation An intelligent workstation A personal computer

Time of day control locks Encryption algorithms Parity checks

Type of cable Terminal Standard Communication protocol

CRC Baudot ASCII

Modem Demodulator Frequency division multiplexor

High-level languages Middle-level languages Low-level languages

To maintain a backup copy of are written all the information

To do a particular job such as editing, storing information


Systems analysis and applications programming.

Data communications hardware and software.

Tapes can only be read by the machine on which they are written

Information formats commonly vary between architectures

Can send data to a computer and receive data from a computer

Use the computer to which they are connected to perform all processing operations

Generally require a keyboard for data entry and a CRT for display

Allows computer signals to be send over a telephone line

A compiler does a conversion line by line as the program is run

A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one step

A compiler is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution

Feasibility study, system design, and testing

Implementation and documentation

Lexical analysis, CONVERSION, and code generation

An interpreter does the conversion line by line as the program is run

An interpreter is a representation of the system being designed

An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution

It is less error prone It is less prone to attenuation

Graphic design and education

Specification and design System Analysis Testing

Fiber Optics Coaxial Cable Common carrier

A cache An interface A buffer

Star Packet Ring

10101010 1100101 1010101

Parity Retransmission Cyclic Redundancy

15 4 64

Port Modem Multiplexor

327 141 97

Data warehouse Data Mining tools Data management systems

memory capacity memory access time secondary storage capacity

30 255 256


4C5 1B7 5C4

4 bits 8 bits 16 bits

Basic Coding Description Binary Coded Decimal Bit Code Design

1024 bits 1000 bytes 210 bits

10000 1112 1110


Mouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad

It is faster than parallel communicationFinancial sector and engineering

Accounting systems, commercial sector

Communicate with the console operator

Manage the paging function in a virtual environment

Relieve the main CPU of repetitive communication tasks

The design of the screen the user will see and use to enter or display data

System Analysis defines the format and type of data the program will use

System Analysis involves creating a formal model of the problem to be solved

The different types of network to be used

Testing to check for errors before the system is introduced

Hardware, Software and size of program.

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte

Its moves like a mouse It has ears

bits per second baud bytes

Touch screen Light pen Joystick

BPS MIPS MHz

Printing letters Tracing diagrams Reading bar codes

OCR MICR barcode scanning

Touch screen Hard disk CD-ROM drive


Refillable ink Pencil lead Light sensitive elements

100K 1.44 Mb 5 Mb

hardware software output

Mouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad

Touch screen Light pen Joystick

Printing letters Tracing Diagrams Reading Bar Codes

Touch screen Hard disk Keyboard

Mouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader

Credit card Mouse Speakers

Writing on a hard board Printed output Storing information on the hard disk

Coloured spots Pixels Pixies

Printer Storage device Pointing device


CRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays

screen layout mouse button layout keyboard layout


used to indicate uppercase lettersBecause it squeaks when moved



hardware language interpreter software interface

Credit card Speakers Smart card

multitasking writing programs in multiple languages


multitasking an operating system

First - generation computers. Second - generation computers. Third - generation computers.

multitasking multiprogramming Multi-user

Vishwajeet Deep Blue Param

is caused by wear caused by overuse is due to bad disk blocks

Bar code Reader Technology

a fast interpreter slower than an interpreter converts a program to machine code

Drum Printer Dot - Matrix Printer Desk - jet Printer

encrypting it decrypting it compressing it

Electrically charged ink Thermal Paper An ink pen

mainframe technology LAN technology WAN technology

10-6 sec 10-3 sec 10-12 sec

Limit checks Control figures External file labels

application system operating system

project model pilot project

multiprocessing multithreading multiplexing

mainframes super computers micro computers

control unit arithmetic and logic unit central processing unit

band printer drum printer non impact printer

data management word processing electronic spreadsheet

having several programs in RAM at the same timehaving several programs in RAM at the same time

The ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently

To run more than one program at the same time

Optical Mark Reader Technology

Magnetic Ink Character Recognition Technology

Very important reader user sequence

Vital information resource under siege Virtual information reader & user system

integrated software communication software idea processor

my computer recycle bin Microsoft exchange

field file record

assembly language machine language high level language

terminator symbol processed symbol connector symbol

PC-at hp vectra system fazitsu vp200 series


"dumb terminals" dumb servers dummy terminals

wan distributed computing system windows NT

host server back end

host server back end

PC LAN distributed computing

server processing host processing dumb processing

four one two

file management system hierarchical database system network database system


repairing redo logging disk defragmentation

Code/De-code Modulation/Demodulation Module/De-module

fixes locks constraints


Linear area networks Local area networks Local array of networks.

task process thread

Integrated Services Digital network.

Ethernet Internet ARPANET

visual basic power builder SQL * plus

Integrated system dynamic networks.

Integrated Symbolic Digital networks.

MAN WAN GAN

Cells Bits Packets

Simple Mail transfer protocol

Transfer Protocol Transmission protocol Hyper text

Aggregate transfer mode Asynchronous transfer mode Area transfer mode

File server Printer server Receiver

platform configuration package

MAN and WAN LAN and WAN LAN and MAN

ISDN ATM Internet

Internal Services Design Network Integrated Services Digital Network

Web based Training Web based Technology Web based Transport

Bridges Routers Protocol

procedure batch command

alpha numeric alpha beta numerous alpha

cost, performance their ratio size, performance, cost

mini computers microprocessors PCs

input output feed


interpreter compiler converter

input processor ram

impact printers drum printers non-impact desktop printers

monitor, program, keyboard, bus

operating system application software windows 95

batch protocols software's

Transfer control protocol/Internet protocol

Transfer communication protocol/Internet protocol

Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol

System modulation transfer protocol

Software Mail transmission protocol

Internal Services Digital Network

space occupied, price, no. of users allowed

operating system, bootstrap, kernel, shell

control program, interpreter, assembler, compiler

processor compiler assembler

compiler interpreter assembler

Op4 Ans

C

Exception reporting C

AGP Card B

B

None of above B

None of above C

Limited access files C

None of above B

Batch Total D

None of above A

Data Dictionary B

None of above C

A

None of above C

A cassette A

A

None of above A

None of above C

None of above C

None of above B

None of above A

None of above A

None of above B

None of above C

an instruction that has been transferred from memory

End-of-file and end-of-reel code

Make duplicate copies of files

Distributed policies or procedures

None of above A

Not B

None of above C

None of above B

None of above B

None of above A

None of above B

None of above B

None of above A

A

None of the above B

None of above B

None of above B

None of above A

None of above C

None of above C

None of above B

None of above A

None of above A

None of above C

None of above B

None of the above D

A

None of above B

None of above A

A selective access medium

Transferred from the disk

None of above C

None of above C

None of the above A

Hard disk B

None of the above B

Control Bus A

MAD B

Control Bus D

D

alphanumeric form A

A

32 bits A

1024 bytes A

D

B

CROM A

Hertz D

B

D

Logic Bus A

All of the above D

a modem interface B

laser printer. D

B

none of the previous C

Shells, compilers and other useful system programs.

represented 127 characters

a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registersis the last bit in a byte

secondary storage access timeuse variable size instructions

is used for cache memory

C

B

A

D

Logic Bus B

e-mail D

none of the above C

C

D

D

B

B

D

109 sec D

a message pad B

C

A

D

a magic marker A

Data B

Parity Checker B

Validation B

use find and replace A

Modem B

D

contains a microprocessor none of the previous none of the previous none of the previous

none of the previous none of the previousinvolves using more than one processor at the same timeuse a virus protection programto display information or pictures on a screen none of the previous.

an instruction that has been transferred from memory. an instruction that has been transferred from memory the address of the next instruction to be executed

backup to a secure medium

Multiplexing D

Magnetic Disk B

Shareware C

Shareware A

Random C

Primary Storage B

A

Element, field, file C

Parity check C

Serial interface A

Video D

Drum B

A

updated once a year C

Spreadsheet D

C

8192 C

loss of data D

NetBEUI A

B

the hard drive D

uniform page source C

A

text. A

None of the above A

Schema and subschema

recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer

simplify file structures

the operating system is easy to use

the system always requires a re-boot and defrag afterwards

None of the bove A

allow encryption C

None of the above B

All of the above D

None of the above A

local B

D

D

extensible hashing A

D: (b), (c), (d) C

general controls C

Control B

(a), (b), (c) C

C

C

(b), (c), (d) C

corrective controls C

(b), (c), (d) C

C

loop testing A

(a) to (d) D

B

D

(a), (c), (d) A

B

identify the file typeAll of the above are parts of IS controls.

Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.Put your hand up and ask the teacher

resolution procedures

system walkthroughsJob control language.

Cross-training of operating personnel.

data design A

Hub C

Ring A

All of the above D

B

Indexed B

C

C

C

Input output channel A

Protocol B

D

C

A

Star Network D

Instant post-office C

A mainframe PC B

All of them C

D

None of the above B

None of the above D

EBCDIC A

None of the above A

C

None of the above C

To Store data in an organised manner

Computer operations.A direct access file on a tapeData record can never be blocked together

Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data Time sharing computerSpeeds up online printing

Device interconnect standard

Time Division Multiplexor

Uses only one path D

None of the above C

C

None of the above B

Telephone Lines C

None of the above C

An online protocol B

None of the above B

Bus B

None of the above C

Hash Count A

None of the above A

Acoustic coupler C

None of the above B

All of them B

B

None of the above B

alphanumeric form A

None of the above A

32 bits B

None of the above D

210 bytes A

None of the above A

alphanumeric form A

None of the above A

Reduce competition between the input/output devices

secondary storage access time

B

None of the above D

Hertz D

None of the above C

VLSI B

None of the above B

voice recognition B

None of the above A


None of the above C

1 Gb B

input A

Printer B

Scanner C

Digital Signatures B

CD ROM Drive A

Keyboard B

Printer A

B

Pickers B

CD-ROM A

None of the above C

none of the previous B

C

None of the above B

is the last bit in a byte

Back-up on a Cartridge

word processing software

an operating system C

None of the above A

none of the previous A


none of the above C

A


Arjun C


B


Thermal Printer A

transmitting it C

None of above B

D

B

10-9 sec D

Cross footing tests C

communication D

process D

multitasking D

none of the above A

none of the above B

none of the above C

none of the above B

Fifth - generation computers.

Image Scanning Technology

An inked ribbon and print headUnix operating system

none of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above C

none of the above B

input/output symbol B

IBM-PC B

none of the above D

dummy servers A

LAN D

front end D

front end C

centralized A

data processing B

many A

D

none of the above B

disk mirroring D

None of the above B

traps B

none of the above B

None of the above B

client-server C

None of the above. C

None of the above. B

all of the above D

relational database system








system A

LAN WAN and MAN B

Intranet A


A

Repeaters B

program D

number and alpha A

C

mainframes D

write A

multitasking D

process D

output D

thermal printers C

D

interpreter B

procedures C

Web based Transaction

input, output, performance ratios

CPU, memory, input, output

coder B

processor C

q_id q_desc op1

BC1 ISDN stands for _______.

File server

platform

MAN and WAN

__________ is designed telephone system ISDN

Expansion of ISDN is ________

Expansion of WBT is ______________ Web based Training

_________ connects LANs. Bridges

Collection of instruction is called a _____ procedure

alpha numeric

BC2 _____________ is the Worlds largest computer network . Ethernet

_________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs mini computers

_______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer input

multiprocessing

interpreter

input

impact printers

operating system

batch

_______ converts a high level language into machine language processor

BC3 _______is/are a popular front end tool visual basic

compiler


BC10


BC11

The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____

BC12

ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology.

BC13BC14


BC15BC16BC17BC18

Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data

BC19

Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______


BC20BC21BC22


BC23

_______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information

BC24

_______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer

BC25


BC26

Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______


BC27

_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased

BC28

_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer

BC29

BC30


application

A _____ is a running instance of an application project

multiprocessing

mainframes

control unit

______ printer use laser light band printer

data management

integrated software

_______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files my computer

BC4 When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ . MAN

_____ is a collection of related fields field

_____ language consists of strings of binary numbers assembly language

terminator symbol

_______ is an example for micro computer PC-at

multiprocessing

"dumb terminals"

A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system wan

host

host

PC

BC5 TCP/IP stands for _________ .

server processing

DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories four

______is the most advantageous database system file management system

multiprocessing

BC31

_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers

BC32BC33

Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing

BC34

______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities

BC35

_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data

BC36BC37

______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text

BC38

______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers

BC39

BC40BC41BC42


BC43BC44

_________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks

BC45


BC46BC47

_____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processing

BC48

The______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architecture

BC49

Both the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____system


BC50

When all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as

BC51BC52BC53

A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______

repairing

Modem stands for __________ . Code/De-code

fixes

_________allows an application to multitask within itself multiprocessing

LAN stands for __________ . Linear area networks

New process of execution is referred to as______ task

BC6 Data is broken into small unit called __________ . Cells

BC7 SMTP stands for __________ .

BC8 Transfer Protocol

BC9 ATM stands for __________ . Aggregate transfer mode

BC54

The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______

BC55BC56


BC57BC58BC59



op2 op3 op4 ans


Printer server Receiver None of the above. B

configuration package system A

LAN and WAN LAN and MAN LAN WAN and MAN B

ATM Internet Intranet A


Web based Technology Web based Transport A

Routers Protocol Repeaters B

batch command program D

alpha beta numerous alpha number and alpha A

cost, performance their ratio size, performance, cost C

Internet ARPANET None of the above. B

microprocessors PCs mainframes D

output feed write A

multithreading multiplexing multitasking D

compiler converter process D

processor ram output D

drum printers thermal printers C

D

application software windows 95 interpreter B

protocols software's procedures C

compiler assembler coder B

power builder SQL * plus all of the above D

interpreter assembler processor C



Internal Services Design Network

Integrated Services Digital Network

Web based Transaction


non-impact desktop printers




system operating system communication D

model pilot project process D

multithreading multiplexing multitasking D

super computers micro computers none of the above A

arithmetic and logic unit central processing unit none of the above B

drum printer non impact printer none of the above C

word processing electronic spreadsheet none of the above B

communication software idea processor none of the above B

recycle bin Microsoft exchange none of the above B

WAN GAN None of the above. B

file record none of the above C

machine language high level language none of the above B

processed symbol connector symbol input/output symbol B

hp vectra system fazitsu vp200 series IBM-PC B

multithreading multiplexing none of the above D

dumb servers dummy terminals dummy servers A

windows NT LAN D

server back end front end D

server back end front end C

LAN distributed computing centralized A


host processing dumb processing data processing B

one two many A

network database system D

multithreading multiplexing none of the above B

distributed computing system



hierarchical database system


redo logging disk defragmentation disk mirroring D

Modulation/Demodulation Module/De-module None of the above B

locks constraints traps B

multithreading multiplexing none of the above B

Local area networks Local array of networks. None of the above B

process thread client-server C

Bits Packets None of the above. C


Transmission protocol Hyper text None of the above. C

Area transfer mode None of the above. B



Asynchronous transfer mode

q_id q_desc

OS 01

OS 127 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?

OS 131 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?

OS 132 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?

OS 139 Which computers use single chip processors?

OS 193 CPU performance may be measured in

OS 199

OS 215 Disk fragmentation

OS 216 A compiler is

OS 217 An interpreter is

OS 219 “Zipping” a file means

OS 233 An assembly language program is translated to machine code by

OS 234 Which of the following is not part of the processor

OS 236

OS 238 __________ control defaults to displaying the files in the current directory:

OS 271

OS 274

OS 275

OS 276

OS 277 All ____________ have the option of blocking ports.

OS 278 Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of a firewall?

OS 280

OS 281 At a minimum, which of the following should be implemented under the protection phase?

OS 282 Attacks on your system may be prevented or trapped through the use of:

Which of the following computer software is designed to direct and assist the execution of application programs


If the Cancel Error Property of the CommonDialog Box is set to true then which of the following statement is true:

A ____________ occurs any time a program writes more information into the temporary space it has allocated in the memory.Assessing a system requires certain common tools. Which of the following is NOT a tool used to assess a system?The ____________________ Web site has a utility that will tell you what software and operating system a Web server is running.When software vendors discover flaws in their software, they usually will write corrections to their code, known as:

Before shutting a service on an individual machine, which of the following would you always check?

OS 283

OS 284 Which of the following is NOT a step to take in securing a workstation?

OS 286

OS 287 What should be done with old backup tapes and CDs?

OS 289 Which of the following is NOT an example of malware?

OS 291 One step you can take to reduce the risk of being infected by a virus is to:

OS 292 Which of the following is NOT a sign that a virus has infected your system?

OS 293 Which of the following is the safest way to protect yourself from e-mail viruses?

OS 294

OS 295 ____________ gathers user information with the user’s knowledge.

OS 296 Which of the following is the most common function of spyware?

OS 299 Which of the following is NOT a virus-scanning technique?

OS 300 Which of the following would NOT be a way to protect your system from spyware?

OS 309

OS 329 Which of the following would you use to open an existing file?

OS 355 The ability to have multiple applications open at the same time is known as:

OS 356 Which of the following can be changed using the Options command?

OS 357

OS 396 Which of the following actions would move a floating toolbar to dock it in a different place?

OS 397 To display a missing or needed toolbar, click the:

OS 399 Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding password protection?

OS 495 The Linux operating systems is an example of:

OS 496 The Windows operating systems is:

OS 497 Application service providers offer:

OS 498

Setting restrictions as to the number of unique passwords to use before a user can recycle them is called a password:

To prevent a hacker from unauthorized access, what should you do with the administrator account?

A ____________ attack causes too much information to be placed into temporary memory space.

For which of the following positions would it be advisable to conduct an extensive background check?

Which of the following leaves an application open but shrinks the window to a button on the Windows taskbar?

A(n) _________ offers on-demand software on an as-needed basis to its clients over the web.

OS 502 _________ are systems used to interact with customers and run a business in real time.

OS 504 The most common cause(s) of disaster is (are):

OS 505

OS239 To destroy an object and free the memory space occupied by it, the keyword used is:

A _______ backup site is backup facility consisting of an empty warehouse with all necessary connections for power and communication, but nothing else.

op1 op2 op3 op4

Application Software Utility Programs Operating system

Deleted from the disk Copied from the disk Saved to the disk None of above

Data bus Auto bus Address bus None of above

Data bus Address bus Control bus None of above

Personal computers Parallel computers Super computers None of above

BPS MIPS MHz VLSI

OCR MICR barcode scanning voice recognition

is caused by wear caused by overuse none of the previous

a fast interpreter none of the previous

faster than a compiler none of the previous

encrypting it decrypting it compressing it transmitting it

an assembler a compiler an interpreter a linker

the ALU the CU the power cord None of the above

File List Box Dir List Box Drive List Box Combo Box

memory overflow systems overload RAM overflow buffer overflow

Netcop NetBrute Netcraft NetBIOS

www.nettools.com www.WhoIs.com www.netcraft.com www.netstat.com

code correct. patches. updates. upgrades.

firewalls switches hubs scanners

It hides your network.

Antivirus software Firewall Router

antivirus software.

Database management system

is due to bad disk blocks

slower than an interpreter

converts a program to assembly code

translates and executes programs statement by statement

converts a program to machine code

A runtime error can result if the user clicks the cancel button

A compile time error occurs

The program executes without any error

You need to carry out conditional compilation

It can consist of hardware, software, or both.

One of its techniques is packet filtering.

It is a barrier between your network and the rest of the Internet.

That any open applications be exited

Dependencies on other services

That you are not on the Internet

That you also shut down associated services

Intrusion-detection software

an intrusion-detection system.

a network prevention system.

a proxy filtering system.

cycle. renewal. age. history.

Trojan horse Virus IP spoofing Spyware

System acts abnormal Files are missing Printing problems

Update antivirus software.

virus Trojan horse spyware buffer overflow

A virus A Trojan horse Spyware A buffer overflow

Obtain cookies Check for open ports

Download scanning File scanning Backup file scanning

Cook Junior accountant

The Standard toolbar The Formatting toolbar

multitasking. tiling. cascading. minimizing.

shrinking multitasking minimizing cascading

public domain software. proprietary software

public domain software. proprietary software.

on-demand computing. on-demand software. utility computing. utility software.

best-cost provider software provider Web service provider

Make sure all update and security patches are applied.

Install and keep current antivirus and anti-spyware programs.

Limit user’s ability to configure the workstation.

Block all incoming traffic on a network.Delete it from the system

and use the guest account.

Delete it and change the built-in guest account to a power user account.

Disable it and create a nondescript user account with administrator rights.

Create another administrator account to confuse the hacker.Tapes can be used over

and over, and CDs should be kept forever.

Tapes and CDs can be thrown away in the trash.

Tapes should be melted and CDs broken.

Give them to a recycle shop.

place a router between your ISP and your system.

add spyware to your system.

download files from reliable Web sites.

hone your programming skills.Problems with your wireless mouse

Do not propagate hoax viruses.

Turn off the auto-launch in your e-mail client.

Never open an e-mail attachment unless you know what it is and who sent it.

Obtain system IP addresses

Obtain usernames and passwords

E-mail and attachment scanningUse your browser’s security settings

Do not open attachments in unknown e-mails

Avoid “skins” and “toolbars” download

Use encryption software

Administrative assistant to the president

Network administrator

The Open command on the Edit menu

The Save command on the File menu

the default file location of new files

whether the worksheet prints in landscape or portrait orientation

the number of windows you have open

the margins on the printed DOCUMENT

Click on any border and drag.

Click on any corner and drag.

Click on the title bar and drag.

You cannot move a floating toolbar.

right mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from

right mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.

left mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.

left mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command All documents are

automatically saved with a default password.

The password is case-sensitive.

Once a document is protected by a password, it cannot be opened without that

Passwords can be up to only seven characters long.

nonprotective open source software.

protective open source software.



application service provider

Operational systems Informational systems Office automation

power outages. hardware failures. floods. All of the above.

hot cold empty dormant

Delete Kill Nothing New

Structured query systems

ans

C

A

A

C

A

B

B

B

B

B

C

A

C

A

A

D

D

C

B

A

B

B

C

A

D

D

C

C

C

C

D

D

D

C

D

D

D

D

A

A

A

C

C

B

A

C

D

B

D

A

D

B

C

q_id q_desc op1

CA1

CA2 _______ is used for CAAT as database Oracle

CA3 True

CA4 True

CA5 True

CA6 yes

CA7 true

CA8 true

CA9 Concurrent use auditors as the member of the system true

CA10 Regular cross system verification may minimize frauds true

CA11 true

CA12 true

CA13 The first step for developing CAAT is_________

CA14

CA15 True

CA16 True

CA17

CA18 Auditing with computer necessarily supports the

CA19 CAAT involves an Auditors' appreciation of __________

CA20 true

CA21 true

CA22

CA23 true

CA24 the of by all concerned

Using generalized audit software packages can add a lot of value _______

to an audit department's products & services

Generalized audit software perform auditors to undertake any past records and not concurrent auditingGeneralized audit software is a file whose capabilities for verifying processing is logicCAAT's are computer program and data that auditor uses as part of the audit procedures to process data if audit significance contained in an entity information systemCAAT do not contains package programs, purpose written program, utility programs or system management programsEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later user by the auditorSCARF involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring

Computer security is frequently associated with confidentiality, integrity and authenticationData reserve engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationship

to determine the audit objective

Using the open database connectivity feature in ACL is ______________

can bring the data directly

Computer Assisted Audited Technique involves the use of computers through "Black Box Approach"White Box Approach necessary involves expert knowledge on the part of AuditorThe transition from manual system to CIS environment bring dramatic changes including ________________

change in the method of recording accounting transactiondocuments driven approachhardware and software configurationWidespread end use computing result in unlimited

errors creeping into system going to accept handling, thereby increasing audit risksFor computerized auditing usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessityImportant knowledge needed to begin planning the use of CAAT is _________

the source of data available to the audit organizationThe move towards paperless EDI would eliminate much

of the traditional audit trail, radically changing the nature of audit evidenceComputer operation controls are designed to provide ________________

CA25 true

CA26 A system could be _________ natural/man-made

CA27 A system exhibits 'entropy' true

CA28 true

CA29 Assembler language uses Mnemonic symbols true

CA30 scheduled jobs

CA31 true

CA32 true

CA33

CA34 true

CA35 true

CA36 true

CA37 true

CA38 true

CA39 databases

CA40 true

CA41 true

CA42 Master file configuration includes ____________ reference files

CA43 filex

CA44

CA45 true

CA46 true

CA47 back-ups

CA48 true

CA49 RDBMS is structured to a series of 2 dimensional tables true

Systems development control, apart from others, include authorization, approval, testing, implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification

Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitable for commercial application including audit work

Operating systems are devised to optimize the machine capabilities, the function include_______________General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operationIn batch processing, transactions are processed one after anotherThe use of computer assisted audit techniques is not gaining popularity not only ________________

with audit departments

On-line processing refers to grouping of transaction and processing the same in one go from start to finishReal time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it relatesIn OLRT the CPU should process the capability of program interruptionTime sharing system allow access to a CPU from remote terminalsDSS is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structured problemsDSS has the following components _________________Master files contains current records for identification and summarizingTransaction files contain relatively permanent records take product profile, customer profile, employee profile etc

______ is a file management software package that lets users and programmers organize data into files and then process those filesCAATS provide added value to the clients because _______________

to have a complete picture of a system

File volatility refers to the number of addition and deletions to the file in a given period of timeFile activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used and accessed in a given processing run:File interrogation refers to the _____ of information from a fileOne -to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogamous structure

CA50 SADB stands for ____________

CA51 true

CA52 true

CA53 Errors are correlated_________ at the year end

CA54 Field check is exclusive to a field true

CA55 Benfish

CA56 true

CA57 Hierarchical code means _________

CA58 1

CA59 valid, numeric

CA60 grouping, transaction

CA61 Hash totals means meaningless totals true

CA62 true

CA63 true

CA64 true

CA65 true

CA66

CA67 true

CA68 true

CA69 true

CA70 true

CA71 e-brain

CA72 In systems testing, test involves_________________ bottom up tests

CA73 yes

CA74 Audit software is used by the auditor to _________ read data on client's file

seriously affected databaseControls are present over many aspects of the

computer system and its surrounding social environmentIn framed checking the data entry is checked against an expected picture or format

_________ law basically states that there is a specific probability of the first digit of a no. being 1,2,3 etcCheck digit is a group of nos. added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits in the code

consecutive nos. or alphabets to entitiesThe validation checks applied to a field depend on the

field's logical inter relationships with other fields in the recordThe contents of a field could determine _______ sign for a ______ fieldBatch is the process of ______ together _____ that bear some type of relationship to one another

With OLRT where interactive data entry is available, the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming dataControls are required for authorization to ensure data integrity and detect possible breaches in securityData from client application are not stored in the organization's database through auditables events and functionAll input records in a batch are normally of different typesIDEA stands for _________________________________

incremental design and enlarge activity

A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master fileA sequence check on the transaction or master files by an update program is not requiredWhenever monetary transactions are processed against master files, the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file recordInternal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storingFor small to medium sized systems, individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole-the testing strategy is referred to as ___________________

Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data

CA75 executables, master

CA76 true

CA77 SAS stands for ______________

CA78 true

CA79 Embedded code performs wide variety of audit task yes

CA80 true

CA81 true

CA82 manipulates, real

CA83 true

CA84 Mapping software has very objectives yes

CA85

CA86 yes

CA87 Program code analysis involves _____________

CA88 __________ is a software of CAAT IDEA

CA89 true

CA90 Base case system evaluation includes____________

CA91 true

CA92 true

CA93 true

CA94

CA95 Source code review means__________

CA96 true

CA97 true

CA98 start and finish time

CA99 JCL means_________________ job control language

Core image comparison is a software used by the auditor to compare _______ version of a program with a secure ________ copyDatabase analyzer is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database

system analysis software

Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup data

Core image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributedLog analysis is a software used by auditor to detect virusOn line testing techniques the auditor ______ data either _______ or fictitious in order to see that a specific program or sever edit test is doing its workMapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instructions

Modeling is a variety of software which ________________

can be very powerful analytical tool

On line testing can be targeted for specific functions carried out by programs provides detailed

information of machine uses

Snapshot is software which takes a picture of a file or data or a transaction passing though the system fictitious data applied

against the client program

While base testing forces on finding if there are any defective execution policies in a programBlack box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to beIn integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer filesBlack box testing is _______ based and white box testing is _______ based

specification, programidentifying erroneous code

In formula in flow hypothesis the auditor should expand the extent of substantive tests to determine how the defects may impact the attainment of the program objectivesAll material application oriented events that occur within the boundary subsystem should be recorded in the accounting audit trailIn examination of audit trail the following data associated with an event may be ___________-

CA100 yes

CA101 true

CA102 true

CA103 Generalized audit software consists ___________

CA104 Specializes audit program may be___________ prepared by the auditor

CA105 true

CA106

CA107 true

CA108 true

CA109

CA110 Which of the following is not the feature of GAPs

CA111 Which is the example of CAATs ACL

CA112 In audit procedures, test data is

CA113 Which of the following is not the use of CAATs

CA114 Macros

Audit should be periodically analyzed to detect any control weakness of the systemIn an accounting audit trail, intrusion detection system might monitor the amount of processor time consumed by the user to detect unusual deviation from the amount processor time requested by the user in the pastA sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining RAND() function

package computer p[program for performing a variety of data processing

Generalised audit software could be used by the following in consistencies or significant fluctuationsGeneralized audit software function include____________

file access/organizationsIn the file reorganization merging capabilities are

needed in data from separate file is to be combined on a separate work fileAuditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purposeAuditors can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of __________________

examining the quality of system processWide access to various data base

A sample of transactionsTests of details of transactions

Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?

op2 op3 op4 ans

to add customers all the above none of these A

ACL JCL none the above A

False A

False B

False A

no B

false A

false A

false A

false A

false A

false A

extract data from file A

all the above none of the above A

False B

False A

absence of audit trails all the above D

risk driven approach unique approach none of the above B

checks and controls all the above D

false A

false A

all the above none of these A

false A

use of any programs none of the above D

review and evaluate the types of data

to obtain a record layout

can bring the data indirectly

use of accounting codes

processing options, file data structure

source of data for material planing

providing access to computer to all organization personnel

false A

open/closed conceptual/physical all of them D

false A

false A

false A

all the above D

false B

false B

all the above none of these A

false A

false A

false A

false A

false B

planning language model base all the above D

false B

false B

table files report files none of the above D

file-o-man file manager filepet C


false A

false B

retrieval deletion addition B

false A

false A

manage hardware & software resources

enable multiple user resource sharing

with production departments

decentralized picture of a system

subject area database software and database safety and database B

false A

false B

immediately on quarterly basis none of the above B

false A

Benford Benjamin none of the above B

false B

none of the above D

false A

invalid, alphabetic none of the above all the above A

regrouping, events none of the above all the above A

false A

false A

false A

false B

false B

none of the above B

false A

false A

false B

false A

bouncing ball big-bang stub C

top-down tests hybrid tests all the above D

no B

all the above D

blocks of nos. to the primary attribute of the the entity

random placement of component

interactive data extraction and analysis

interactive data innumerable analysis

provide information to the audit

re-perform procedures carried out by the clients programs

deleted, hard none of these all the above A

false A


false B

no A

false A

false B

create, false none of these all the above A

false A

no A

all of the above D

no A

none of the above C

ACL ALC ACLL B

false A

all the above A

false A

false A

false A

file, hardware none of the above all the above A

all the above D

false A

false A

resource requested all the above D


system advanced software

can enable the auditor to execute provisions on a number of different bases

can provide the auditors with useful information with trend s and patterns

identifies program code which may be there for fraudulent reason

examination of source code of a program with advice to following the logic

comparison of source version of a programmed

analyzing the picture of a file or data

identifying ineffective code

identifying non-standard code

authentication of information supportjob connectivity language

no A

false A

false B

mathematical concept A

prepared by the entity all the above D

false A

all the above D

false B

false B

all the above D

D

IDEA High End CAATs All of the above D

None of the above A

All of the above D

Action Procedures Event Procedures General Procedures D

master list of transactions

administered questionnaireprepared by an outside

programmer engaged by the auditor

statistical/arithmetic operation

stratification and frequency analysis

carrying analytical review

examining the quality of data

Can extract and analyse data

Can aid in simple selection

Can define the audit objectives

A utility software programme

A special purpose written program

Analytical review procedures

Compliance tests of general EDP controls

Field0 Field1

CA107

CA108 In olrt the cpu should posses the capability of program interrupt interrupts

CA109 In system testing,test involves _______

CA11 All input records in a batch are normally of different types

CA110 In the planning phase gathering information and risk assessment will be done

CA111 Information collection encompasses logging the selected auditable events

CA112 Input controls are designed to ensure processing safety

CA113 Integrated test facility is a facility of ________

CA114

CA115 Log analysers are _______ required by the auditor

CA116 Log analyzers is ________

CA117 Log analyzer is a software used by auditor to detect virus

CA118

CA119 Master file configuration includes ______

CA12

CA120 Master file contains current records for identification and summarising

CA121 Metadata approach is _______

CA122 Modeling is a variety of software which _________

CA123

CA124

CA125 On-line testing can be targeted for specific function carried out by programs

CA126

CA127 Parallel processing is a concept associated with _______ and ________

CA128 Parallelsimulation is there to authenticate the _______ system

CA129 Prevention,detection,investigation and reaction are the ______ of an auditor

CA13 Any audit enable software may include _______

In integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer files

Internal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storing

Mapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instruction has veryspecific objectives

All material application -oriented events that occur within the boundary sub-system should be recorded in the accounting audit trail

One-to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogenus structureOn-line processing refers to grouping of transaction processing the same in one go from start to finish

Operating systems are devised to optimise the machine capabilities-the function include:

CA130 Procedure driven approach of auditing is __________

CA131 Processing controls can be grouped into general controls

CA132 Program code analysis involves ______

CA133 Programme code analysis is being implemented by the _________

CA134

CA135 Rdbms is a structured into a series of 2-dimensional table

CA136

CA137 Reasonableness checking is

CA138 Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data

CA139 Regular cross-system validation may minimise frauds

CA14 Application controls can be categorized into _______ types

CA140 Risk assessment is a phase of an audit

CA141 Risk assessment is the phase of ______

CA142

CA143 Security audit can be done through oracle database

CA144 Security can be broken into ________ areas

CA145 Sign test is a type of field checks on processed data

CA146

CA147 Snapshot is a technique of __________ which is a part of audit software

CA148 Source code review means _______

CA149 Specialised audit programs may be _______

CA15 Application controls grouped into

CA150

CA151

CA152 System privilege can be checked by auditor

CA153

CA154 Test data can be defined as __________

Public audit trail is an important control in system that use __________ for authentication purposes

Real time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it vrelates

Scarf involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring

Snapshot is a software which takes a "picture" of a file or data or a transaction processing through the system

Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitablefor commercial applicationincluding audit workSystem development control, apart from others,include authorisation,approval,testing,implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification

System security audit is an on site inspection ,which identifies potential securityvulnerabilities within an organization

CA155 Test data pack is ________

CA156 The contents of a field could determine _______ sign for ______ field

CA157

CA158 The stream of data that are generated by these tools is called as the __________

CA159

CA16 Ar=ir*cr*dr

CA160

CA161 There are ______ types of approaches of test data techniques

CA162 There are ______ types of control totals

CA163 There are _______ types of audits of the systems development process

CA164

CA165 There are _____types of checks frequently used in validating the data

CA166

CA167 There are four type of audit risks

CA168 Top down tests,bottom up tests and hybrid tests are under the _______ category

CA169 Tracing helps to analyse the change caused by viruses

CA17 Assembler language uses mnemonic symbols

CA170

CA171

CA172

CA173

CA174

CA175 White box approach is program based

CA176

CA18 Audit around the computer is called

CA19

CA2 White box approach necessarily involves expert knowledge on the part of auditor

The move towards paperless edi would eliminate much of the traditional audit trail,radically changing the nature of audit evidence

The transition from manual system to cis environment bring dramatic changes including

The validation checks applied to a field depend on the fields logical interrelationships with other fields in the record

There are ________ types of checks that can run when data is input through a terminal

There are 13 system development phases while audit of the system development processes

Transaction file contain relatively permanent records take product profile,customer profile,employee profile etc.Transactions are not lost ,added,duplicated or improperly changed is called as control over inputValidation checks is applied to a field depend on the field's logical interrelationships with other fields in the recordsWhenever monetary transaction are processed against master files,the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file recordWhite box testing focuses on finding if there are any defective execution paths in a program

With olrt where interactive data entry is available ,the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming data

Audit risk cannot be viewed as a joint probability of inherent risk,control risk and detection risk

CA20 Audit software is a type of audit technique

CA21 Audit software is used by the auditor to ________

CA22 Audit software can be categorized under ______ heads

CA23 Audit software can be divided into ________ categories

CA24 Audit through can be done using simulation

CA25

CA26 Audit with networking and database help is called _______

CA27 Auditing is a form of attestation

CA28 Auditor can also check default roles in oracle database software

CA29

CA3

CA30 Auditors can issue the sql commands to audit

CA31 Auditors can use profiles in their white-box approach of auditing

CA32

CA33

CA34 Base case system evaluation includes _______

CA35 Black box approach is specification based

CA36 Black box testing is ______ based and white box testing is _____ based

CA37

CA38

CA39

CA4 A sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining rand() function

CA40

CA41 Case-is ________

CA42

CA43 Check digit is a tool under field checks

CA44 Check digit is a type of ___________

Audit trail should be periodically analysed to detect any control weaknesses of the system

Auditor can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of _________________ Is the file management software package that lets users and programmers organise data into files and then process those files

Auditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purposesAuditors has to take care of the fact to link between multiple databases with one application

Black box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to beCaat do not contain package programs, purpose written programmes,utility program or system management programCaat's are computer program and data the auditor uses as part of audit procedures to process data of audit significance contained in an entity's information system

Caat's are computer programs and data the auditor uses as a part of the audit procedures

Check digit is a group of numbers added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits with code

CA45 Codd's rule are being implemented on database

CA46

CA47 Computer operation controls are designed to provide ________

CA48

CA49 Concurrent audit include auditors as members of s.d team

CA5

CA50 Concurrent audit is taking care of the ______ data that is being transacted

CA51

CA52 Control total is under batch checks

CA53

CA54

CA55

CA56 Core image comparison is a ________ used by the auditor

CA57 Core image comparison is a type of audit technique

CA58

CA59

CA6 A system could be ________

CA60 Cryptographic techniques are the part of security audit

CA61 Data communication and networking would introduce new audit risk

CA62

CA63 Data integrity can be imposed on the database through dbms

CA64

CA65 Data security in audit techniques can be done through three ways

CA66

CA67 Databases are a key element in most business-related information systems

CA68 Ddl,dml,dcl-statements can be exercised in rdbms

CA69 Deterrenece meance _______

Computer assisted audit technique involves the use of computer through "black box " approach

Computer security is frequently associated with confidentiality ,integrity and authentication

A sequence check on the transaction or master file by an update program is not required

Confidentiality,integrity and availability are the major security attributes to the auditor

Controls are present over many aspects of the computer system and its surrounding social environmentsControls are required for authorisation,to ensure data integration and to detect possible breachesin securityConventional data entry giving way to scanner,digitised image processors etc. For auditing in cis environment

Core image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributedCritical review of the system of book-keeping,accountingand internal organizational controls.

Data from client application are not stored in the organisations database through auditable events and functions

Data reverse engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationships

Database analyser is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database

CA7 A system ehibit entropy

CA70 Dss has the following components

CA71

CA72

CA73 Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup

CA74 Embedded code performs a wide variety of audit tasks

CA75 Errors are corrected :_______

CA76 Event detection is an audit procedure

CA77 Event detection is the audit procedures

CA78 Examine the quality of data is not the task of generalized audit software

CA79 Examine the quality of system processes is _________

CA8 A system means -totality

CA80 Field check is exclusive to a field

CA81 File access is a function of _________ software

CA82 File access will be the functional capabilities of generalized audit software

CA83

CA84 File integration refers to the ________ of information from a file

CA85

CA86

CA87

CA88

CA89

CA9 A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master file

CA90 Generalised audit software function include _______

CA91

CA92 Generalized audit software consists _______

CA93 Generalized audit software has infile capabilities for verifying processing logic

Dss is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structural problemEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later use by the auditor

File activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used or accssed in a given processing run

File volatility refers to the number of additions and deletions to the file in a given period of timeFor computerised auditing,usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessityFor small to medium sized systems,individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole.the testing strategy is referred to as:General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operationsGeneralised audit software could be used by the auditor for identifying inconsistencies or significant fluctuations

Generalised audit software never allow several files to be read simultaneously _______

CA94

CA95

CA96 Generalized audit software provides the full set of arithmetic operators

CA97 Hash total is a type of _________

CA98 Hash totals falls under control totals

Generalized audit software has only limited capabilities for verifying processing logicGeneralized audit software permits auditors to undertake only expost auditing and not concurrent auditing

Field2 Field3 Field4

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

BOTTOM UP TESTS TOP DOWN TESTS HYBRID TESTS

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

PARALLEL PROCESSING TEST DATA APPROACH

TRUE FALSE

HARDWARE SOFTWARE NETWORK

AUDIT TOOL SOFTWARE MACHINE ACTIVITY

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

REFERENCE FILE TABLE FILES REPORT FILE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

SCHEDULE JOBS

OS AND RAM OS AND ROM

REEL SYSTEM REAL SYSTEM BOTH (A) AND (B)

FUNCTION ROLE BOTH (A) AND (B)

COMPLETENESS ACCURACY AVAILABILITY

SOURCE CODE REVIEW

APPROACH TO THE SYSTEM DATA ONLY

APPROACH TO THE APPLICATION DATA ONLY

IT IS DATA ABOUT SOME OTHER DATA

CAN BE VERY POWERFUL ANALYTICAL TOOL

CAN ENABLE THE AUDITOR TO EXAMINE PROVISION ON A NUMBER OF

CAN PROVIDE THE AUDITOR WITH USEFUL INFORMATION ON TRENDS AND PATTERN

MANAGE HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE RESOURCES

ENABLE MULTI USER RESOURCE SHARINGOS AND MICROPROCESSOR

TRADITIONAL APPROACH LATEST APPROACH BOTH (A) AND (B)

TRUE FALSE

COMPANY AUDITOR

PUBLIC KEY PRIVATE KEY DIGITAL SIGNATURE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TYPE OF RECORD CHECK TYPE OF SIGN TEST

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

4 2 5

TRUE FALSE

AUDIT ALL THE ABOVE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

RISK AVOIDANCE DETERRENCE PREVENTION

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

AUDIT ROUTINE AUDIT TECHNIQUE AUDITING

PREPARED BY THE AUDITOR

TWO GROUPS THREE GROUPS FOUR GROUPS

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

PROVIDES DETAILED INFORMATION ON MACHINE USAGE

IDENTIFIES PROGRAM CODES WHICH MAY BE THERE FOR FRAUDULENT REASON

EXAMINATION OF SOURCE CODE OF A PROGRAM WITH A VIEW TO FOLLOWING THE

DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR

TYPE OF RANGE CHECKS

AUDIT THROUGH COMPUTERS

IDENTIFYING ENORMOUS CODE

IDENTIFYING INEFFECTIVE CODE

IDENTIFYING NON-STANDARD CODE

PREPARED BY THE ENTITY

PREPARED BY AN OUTSIDE PROGRAMMER ENGAGED BY THE AUDITOR

SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF TESTING THE SYSTEM SOFTWARE

SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF CHECKING LOG FILES

SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR TESTING THE APPLICATION PROGRAMME

STREAM OF DATA BOTH (A) AND (B)

INVALID BOTH C & D VALID

TRUE FALSE

TEST DATA TEST DATA APPROACH TEST DATA PACK

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

ONE TWO THREE

2 4 3

THREE FOUR TWO

FIVE THREE FOUR

4 2 5

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

INTER TABLE TEST SYSTEM TEST TABLE LEVEL TESTS

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

BLACK BOX APPROACH BOTH (A) AND (B)

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

STREAM OF DATA THAT ARE GENERATED BY TEST DATA TECHNIQUE

CHANGE IN THE METHOD OF RECORDING ACCOUNTING TRANSACTION

USE OF ACCOUNTING CODES

ABSENCE OF AUDIT TRAIL

WHITE BOX APPROACH

TRUE FALSE

2 4 5

TWO FOUR THREE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

WHITE BOX APPROACH ALL THE ABOVE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

FILE FILE-O-MAN THE FILE MANAGER

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

BOTH C & D HARDWARE SPECIFICATION

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

FIELD CHECKS RECORD CHECKS BOTH (A) AND (B)

READ DATA ON CLIENT'S FILES

PROVIDE INFORMATION TO THE AUDIT

REPERFORM PROCEDURES CARRIED OUT BY THE CLIENT'S PROGRAMS

BLACK BOX APPROACH

EXAMINE THE THE QUALITY OF SYSTEM PROCESS

CARRYING ANALYSING REVIEW

EXAMINING THE QUALITY OF DATA

FICTITIOUS DATA APPLIED AGAINST THE CLIENT PROGRAM

COMPARISON OF SOURCE VERSION OF A PROGRAM

ANALYSING THE PICTURE OF A FILE OR DATA

COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE EDITOR

COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE EMBEDDED

COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

USE OF ANY PROGRAMS

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

PREVIOUS DATA CURRENT DATA

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TYPE OF NETWORK TYPE OF SOFTWARE TYPE OF HARDWARE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

NATURAL/MAN MADE OPEN/CLOSED CONCEPTUAL/PHYSICAL

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

THREAT BROADCASTING NETWORK

THE USE OF COMPUTERS BY ALL CONCERNED

PROVIDING ACCESS TO COMPUTER TO ALL ORGANIZATION PERSONEL

ALL THE ABOVE NONE OF THESE

TRUE FALSE

DATABASE PLANNING LANGUAGE MODEL BASE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

AT THE YEAR END IMMEDIATELY ON QUARTERLY BASIS

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

GENERALIZED AUDIT SPECIALIZED AUDIT UTILITY PROGRAM

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

BACKUPS RETRIEVAL DELETION

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

C-BRAIN BIG BANG STUB

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

AUDIT TASK OF THE AUDITOR

AUDIT TASK OF THE AUDITORS USING COMPUTERS

AUDIT TASK OF THE GENERALIZED AUDIT SOFTWARE

FILE ACCESS/ORGANIZATION

STATISTICAL/ARITHMETICAL OPERATION

STRATIFICATION AND FREQUENCY ANALYSES

PACKAGE COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR PERFORMING A VARIETY OF DATA PROCESSING

MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS

A MASTER LIST TRANSACTION

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

CONTROL TOTAL TRANSACTION TYPE BATCH SERIAL NUMBER

TRUE FALSE

Field5 Field6

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

B

A

A

B

NONE OF THESE C

A

NONE OF THESE B

D

B

A

NONE OF THE ABOVE D

A

B

ALL THE ABOVE C

ALL THE ABOVE D

A

B

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

NONE OF THE ABOVE C

DATABASE SYSTEM B

NONE OF THESE B

ALL THE ABOVE D

SOFTWARE USED TO READ AND ANALYZE RECORDS OF MACHINE ACTIVITY

NONE OF THE ABOVE A

B

NONE OF THE ABOVE C

AUDITOR USING COMPUTERS D

NONE OF THESE C

A

A

NONE OF THESE A

B

A

3 D

A

NONE OF THE ABOVE B

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

A

A

NONE OF THESE A

ALL THE ABOVE D

ALL THE ABOVE D

ALL THE ABOVE B

A

A

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE C

NONE OF THESE B

NUMERIC B

A

NONE OF THE ABOVE C

ALL THE ABOVE D

A

A

FOUR B

5 B

ONE A

ONE C

3 A

A

B

NONE OF THESE B

A

A

B

A

A

B

A

B

A

NONE OF THESE A

B

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

3 D

NONE OF THESE C

A

A

NONE OF THE ABOVE A

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

FILEPET C

A

A

B

A

ALL THE ABOVE A

A

PROGRAM A

A

B

A

B

A

NONE OF THESE C

B

A

NONE OF THESE A

B

B

NONE OF THE ABOVE D

A

A

A

NONE OF THESE B

A

A

A

A

A

NONE OF THESE B

A

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

NONE OF THESE A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

B

A

B

A

NONE OF THE ABOVE B

A

A

B

ALL THE ABOVE C

A

A

NONE OF THESE A

A

B

ADDITION B

A

A

BOUNCING BALL B

B

A

A

ALL THE ABOVE D

B

ADMINISTERED QUESTIONNAIRE A

A

A

A

A

SEQUENCE CHECK A

A

q_id

DA1

DA2

DA3

DA4

DA5

DA6

DA7

DA8

DA9

DA10

DA11

DA12

DA13

DA14

DA15

DA16

DA17

DA18

q_desc

Sequence Check is a --------------- level control check.

Analyse data over two or more periods is called ----------------------- analysis

We use Hash Total to identify ------------ within a series where there is a definite relation between items

Analyse fields by arranging them into rows and columns is called

To import data from Access to Excel ,it is not possible to link between Access and Excel sheet

The GAP detection options can be used to test for completeness of data.

Exception testing can be used to identify ----------------- items

Data validity test represents

In Range Check , the data may not be in proper sequence but should be within a predetermined range

In ---------------- Check data entry follow a particular sequence and also a predetermined range.

'Set mapping' Check control that follows a text-type validation, we use ----------------- application for data analysis.

Excel can import data from other databases for the data analysis.

A System Auditor can uses CAAT tools to analyze data

Most of the tools use in Data Analysis depends on

--------------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in the table.

Year end ledger, inventory files or transaction files can be tested for cut-off , to ensure that the data has been provided is for the correct audit period

In the case of the ---------- control, it is ensured that the data in combination with other fields are reasonable as per standard set by an organisation.--------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in a table

op1 op2 op3 op4 ans

Field Record Both None of the above A

Horizontal Vertical A or B None of the Above A

Duplicate Value Combined Value Gaps All of the above C

Cross Tabulate Filter Merge None of the above A

RAND() VLOOKUP() HLOOKUP() None of the above B

TRUE FALSE A

TRUE FALSE A

Unusual Strange A or B None of the above C

exception testing All of the above D

True False A

True False A

Limit Sequence Range Both B & C B

Excel Access Both None of the above B

True False A

False True B

Valid Signs Transaction type Limit Check Reasonableness D

HLOOKUP VLOOKUP A or B None of the above B

DDE OLE ODBC All of the above C

comparison of data

duplicates testing

q_id q_descWO1 _______ is a word processing that is a member of the office 2000 family

WO2

WO3

WO4

WO5 _____and_____ are improved layout in Word 2000

WO6 The easiest way to create a document in word is

WO7 In Office2000 environment the tool that makes work easier for us is_____

WO8

WO9 The _____ helps us to keep track of the margin of the page

WO10 The keys that are used to navigate between headers and footers are

WO11

WO12 _______are blueprints or patterns for documents of a certain type

WO13 The______ is used for quickly setting paragraph indention using the mouseWO14 Word art is text with

WO15 AutoShapes in word can be created by accessing the _____WO16 By default, a document consists of_____ section

WO17 The dialog box that is used to determine the documents margins is

WO18

WO19 The key that is used to perform a task to select all t he text in the documents isWO20 The key that is used to indent a paragraph is

WO21

WO22

WO23 ______ is the default view in Word used for typing Editing and Formatting the Text

WO24 The short-cut-key that is used to indent a paragraph spacing in the documents isWO25 The short-cut-key that is used to paste the selected text

WO26 The short-cut-key that is used for paragraph spacing(1.5)

WO27

The feature that enables user to type anywhere in a document without pressing or tab

The______ feature allows the user to copy and paste upto 12 items at the same time in an application

______ and _____ key combination will extend the selection by one character on the left and right

A short description of a tool bar button called the ______ is displayed when the mouse pointer is allowed to stay for a second on the button

Pick out the element from the following that dose not form the type of tabs for the Word 2000

________ is a box surrounding a page on all slides or a line that sets off a paragraph on one or more slides

The key that is used to change the font from the current positioned in a document is

The key that is used to change the style of the document that is from that normal to heading1 or heading1 to other document styles.

The box that separate text from the document and allows it to behave like an independent object is known as

WO28WO29 The object that helps us analyzing data statistically is known as

WO30

WO31 To clear all the tabs in a document the option that is clicked from the tabs dialog

WO32

WO33

WO34

WO35 ______ is an online dictionary maintained by word to obtain synonyms for words

WO36 The thesaurus is invoked by pressing_______

WO37 When a new table is created the insertion point flashes in the _____

WO38 By pressing the _____ key inserts a blank row after the last row in the table

WO39 The ______ option enables us to convert text into a table format

WO40 A table consists of ______ that contain text or graphics

WO41

WO42WO43 In Word Macros are written in _____

WO44

WO45

WO46 ______ is a software for sending and receiving e-mail messagesWO47 ________is the coding system used to create web pages

WO48

WO49

The object that is used to provide information like the title of the book, name of the chapter, page number etc.

To highlight certain parts of a page to set it apart from the rest of the page we make use of the following features

The dialog box that is used to incorporate picture bullets into our documents or web pages is

The object that composes of set of tools which helps to create and work on different shapes like rectangles, circles, flowcharts etc.

When word is opened a new document called_____ is displayed, where the user starts typing the content right way

The _______ option in word allows the user to automatically correct misspell words as and when they are typed

______ is a facility that enables recording and replaying of a sequence of keystroke

In Word 2000 the macro dialog box is activated with the help of ____ key combination

________shows how a document would look like when published on the web or on an intranet

The network that makes information easily accessible across various networks is _______

Which of the following statements are false with reference to the use of a header row source for a mail merge

WO50 With reference TO TABLE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT ARE falseWO51 The alignment available for tabs does not include

WO52 Which of the following statements related to a Section Break are TrueWO53 The user can set a spelling checker to skip the marked part of the next

WO54WO55 The user can split the screen only into two parts

WO56WO57 The user can modify the picture from the clip art

WO58 With reference to auto correct which of the following statements are false

WO59WO60 The alignment available for tabs does not include

WO61 Which of the following statements are FalseWO62 Drop Cap tool does not work for the contents in the table formatWO63 The user can split the screen only into two parts in MS-Word

WO64

New option under the file menu of word creates a new blank document that is based on the normal templates

The features that enables the user to type text graphics tables anywhere in the document without pressing enter or tab

With the reference to password protected documents which of the following statements are false

The special symbols that are inserted using "insert symbol" option of the word can not be printed by the printer as they are not standard keyboard symbols

WO65 The "format columns" option allows to create columnar text up 12 columns only.

WO66

WO67

WO68

WO69

WO70 How are data organized in a spreadsheet?

WO71 Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?

WO72

WO73

WO74WO75 What process should be used to recall a document saved previously? WO76 Which is used to indent text within a document?

WO77

WO78 What is a Word Processor used for?

WO79 What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?


WO81 What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor

WO82 What is a header in a document?

WO83 What hardware is essential for a word?

WO84

WO85 What basic tools would you find in the Edit

The document that makes the user to organize and maintain a long document, such as multipart report or a book consisting of chapters

The view that enables us to view how objects will be positioned on the page when it is printed

The mode that is initialized or toggled to if the user is in a position to overwrite the text in the word

Veena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?

Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"?

Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one?

Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?

Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?

The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a

WO86

WO87

WO88

WO89

WO90 What does a document contain?

WO91

WO92

WO93

WO94

WO95 Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?

WO96 How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?

Assume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?

Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:

Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?

While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?

Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?

What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outs

What edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?

Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?

WO97

WO98

WO99

WO100

WO101WO102 Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?

WO103 Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?


WO105WO106 Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:

WO107 To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a

WO108

WO109 What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?WO110 Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.

Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?

What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?

You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?

When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?

Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.

In your English essay you notice that the paragraph at the bottom of page 1 continues on to page 2. You would like to make this paragraph start on page 2.What would be the best way to do this?

Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?

WO111 A reverse in a newsletter is:

WO112 A pull quote is best emphasized by:

WO113 Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?

WO114WO115 As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?

WO116

WO117

WO118

WO119 Which of the following is the default Word column width?

Pertaining to newsletters, which of the following cannot be changed using the Columns command dialog box?

Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?

Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?

Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?

op1 op2 op3 op4 ansWord 2000 Office 2000 Office 97 Back Office A

click-n-type double click drag & drop A

office clipboard cut select A

B

A

wizard templates A

office assistant inbox assistant A

Screen Tip Tool Tip Icon Tip Document Tip A

tab stop marginal stop ruler B

D

left center decimal rotation D

template model dialogs/alerts B

increase indent decrease indent both A and B Cspecial effect control tool box design wizard pictures A

drawing toolbar control box database forms A1 2 0 11 A

A

border shading style box A

ctrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m Actrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m D

CTRL+SHIFT+F CTRL+O CTRL+SHIFT+S CTRL+SHIFT+P A

ctrl+shift+f ctrl+o ctrl+shift+s ctrl+shift+p C

NORMAL PAGELAYOUT A

ctrl+m ctrl+2 ctrl+end ctrl+home Bctrl+v or ins ctrl+c or ins ctrl+x or ins ctrl+v or Del A

ctrl+2 ctrl+5 ctrl+1 B

Text Box Frame AutoShape Border A

none of the above

none of the above

shift+end and shift+home

shift+left and shift+right

ctr+end and ctr+home

none of the above

web layout, printlayout

normal layout, web layout

web layout, page layout

none of the above

click from start program, MSWord from the task menu

none of the above

document assistant

none of the above

none of the above

up arrow keys only

page up keys only

home and end keys only

up and down arrow

none of the above

none of the above

page setup from the file

printer setup from the file menu

print preview from the file

none of the above

none of the above

ONLINE LAYOUT

ONLINE DOCUMENT

none of the above

Screen Tips Page Layout AChart WordArt Auto Shapes File A

Borders Shading WordArt Bullets D

clear remove all remove clear all D

none dialog box A

charts WordArt AutoShapes files C

doc1 document1 new document B

thesaurus hyphenation mail merge A

shift+f7 thesaurus menu shift+f8 A

first second first row A

tab end enter A

A

row records B

AutoCorrect AutoFormat style gallery A

Mail Merging Macro Data Source Bbasic visual basic vj++ visual FoxPro B

shift+f8 shift+f7 alt+f8 alt+f5 A

browser A

email client outlook express hotmail Ahtml xml sgml vb script A

internet intranet arpanet LAN A

B

Header and Footer

none of the above

picture bullets dialog box

arrow bullet dialog box

circle bullet dialog box

default document

none of t he above

tools+spelling menu

last cell of the t able

none of the above

convert text to table

convert data to table

table auto format option

none of the above

rows & columns

none of the above

none of the above

none of the above

web layout view

online layout view

none of the above

micro soft outlook

field name must be listed in the same order as the corresponding information in the data source

the field separators in a header source and the data source can not be set as paragraph

field names in the header source must match any merge fields you've inserted in the main document

the number of fields names in the header source must be the same as the number of data fields in the data source

Cleft decimal justified top A

Dtrue false A

true false Atrue false A

drag & drop click -n-type Double Click Btrue false A

B

Bleft justified hanging top A

Btrue false Atrue false A

true false B

it is not possible to change the height of only selected rows of a table

auto format option applies to the entire table and not only to the selected rows or columns of a table

by default cell height and weight option applies to all the rows and columns of a table

delete cells option allows to delete the entire row or a column or shift cells up or shifts cells left

A new section is created in order to change properties like number of columns

In order to type a header from the third page of the document a section break is inserted after t he third page

If a header is inserted in the second section then the same header is applicable to the first section

A section is a portion of a document in which certain page formatting option can be set

none of the above

automatically corrects common typing, spelling errors

prohibits the user from renaming an auto correct entry

automatically corrects the grammatically errors

with t he caps lock key accidentally turned on reverses the case of the letters that were capitalized incorrectly and then turns off the caps lock

password can not include spaces

password protected document can be opened without password as read only

password are not case sensitive

password can be upto 15 characters long

a .ppt file can not not be inserted at specified position in the current document

a document file can be inserted in the current document at specified position

a multiple documents files can be inserted in the single document

an .xls data can not be inserted at specified position in the current document

true false A

Child Document A

Page Layout Outline Layout B

Insert Mode Type Over mode Remove A

D

lines and spaces height and width D

tab enter/return shift B

spell checker thesaurus outliner C

D

Print all Page setup Print preview BEnter Copy Retrieve Save Cclosing tabbing spacing sorting B

database graphing spreadsheet C

B

subscript annotation clip art clipboard C

B

C

C

B

Browser clip-art file microphone digital scanner D

C

Master Document

Hyperlink Document

none of the above

Print Layout View

none of the above

none of the above

press the return key

press the tab key

press the escape key

just keep typing

layers and planes

rows and columns

backspace/ delete

grammar checker

send a public message to friends interested in one topic

send pictures to a friend

send private messages to a friend

send a package to a friend

From ___ To ____

word processing

To analyse figures

Creating and editing documents

Storing information

None of the above

To analyse figures


Storing information

Making Calculations

Clear, replace and select

Spelling, grammar and autocorrect

Cut, copy, paste and clear

Font, Paragraph, Bullet and Numbering

Text at the bottom of every page

Numbers which appear on every page

Text which appear at the top of every page

Designated area on the document

Mouse, printer and processing system keyboard?

Keyboard, Mouse, monitor and printer

Monitor, keyboard and mouse

None of the above

Clear, replace and Toolbars



None of the above

6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point B

2½ inches. 2¾ inches. 3 inches. B

A

D

Mainly text B

Thesaurus Spell Checker B

Paste Replace Select all AutoCorrect B

Cut, then paste A

C

D

D

impossible to determine.

You are not in Print Layout view.

You have not inserted a column section break..

You have not specified continuous section breaks.

Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the document.

to store a file on the hard drive

to store a file on a diskette

to move a section of text from the original location to another location

to leave an original section of text in place while pasting a copy elsewhere

Data about a set of similar things

A set of different graphics

None of the above

Grammar Checker

Find and Replace

Copy, then paste

Delete, then paste

Insert, then paste

To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions

To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions

To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making corrections

To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one another

A line appears through text that is to be deleted.

A red underline appears beneath text that is to be added.

A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the document.

Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document.

Through the Edit menu by choosing Track Changes command

Through the Tools menu by choosing Track Changes command

Through tools on the Reviewing toolbar

Both through the Tools menu and the Reviewing toolbar

A

B

Dictionary Grammar check Spell check Thesaurus A

A

Fields Tools Forms Insert CCheck boxes Toggle button Text fields A drop-down list B

C

C

Press tab. Press Return. Copy and paste. Dtext. graphics. forms. numbers. C

header/footer. bibliography. find/search. macro. A

Copy button Paste button C

Fault Finding Bug Squashing Error Injecting Debugging DInsert Tools Format Edit C

The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any changes that were just made to the document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version of the original and one version of any changes made to the document.

All versions are opened automatically.

The latest version is opened automatically.

The first and second versions are opened automatically.

The previous version is opened automatically.

Word displays a list of the dates and times each file was saved.

The most recent version will appear at the bottom of the list.

Word will show the name of the person who saved each version.

Word is not able to tell the most recent version of a document.

Comments cannot be edited.

Comments cannot be deleted.

Comments can be edited or deleted by right clicking the highlighted text.

Comments can be edited or deleted by left clicking the highlighted text.




None of the above

Insert page break.

Format Painter button

This action is not possible.

A

A

D

D6 10 12 72 D

One Two Three Four B

C

D

2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches D

a section of white text on a black background.

a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are uppercase.

the guidelines used to establish where different elements of the newsletter will go.

an enlarged capital letter at the beginning of a paragraph.

setting it in larger type or font size.

typing it all in capital letters.

underlining the text of the pull quote.

changing the color.

The reverse technique means to add dark text on a light background.

A pull quote is a quotation taken from (pulled) from another document.

A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital letter.

A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in a newsletter or other document.

The width of each column

The height of each column

The number of columns

The tab spacing within each column

Press Ctrl+Enter to create a page break.

Press Ctrl+Shift+Enter to create a column break.

Press Enter to create a section break.

Press Shift+Enter to force a line break.

A serif font at 10 points

A sans serif font at 10 points



It depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.

q_id q_desc

DB62

DB63 _______ form displays fields in a single horizontal row

DB64 The process of arranging the data in a meaningful order is known as ___________

DB65

DB66 In MS-Access, user may specify criteria for filter in form view using _________DB67 ___wildcard character represents any single characterDB68 Records cannot be sorted by a primary key

DB69 A control without a data source is known as ___________

DB70

DB71 The collection of related data and objects is called a ____________

DB72 Which of the following is control types ____________

DB73 In MS-Access, the function that gives the current date is _____________

DB74 _____is a control that lists set of data

DB75 ______is a form that summarize large amount of data

DB76 ______allows to create a filter by typing the value in a data sheet

DB77 Wizards for toolbox controls are called a __________

DB78DB79 Look up fields slow up data entryDB80 ____is an access object that displays un-editable data

DB81 _____option from the new object toolbar gives the easiest way of generating a reportDB82 ______ represents data in a pictorial formatDB83 Changes of one table can be carried over to another related tableDB84 Hyperlinks are used to jump to any kind of information or data from a fileDB85 The memo field can have text upto_____ characters in lengthDB86 In MS-Access, columnar layout can be used to view multiple records in a formDB87 In MS-Access, alter command may be used in adding a primary key to a table

DB88

DB89 In ms-access, datasheet view is available in ___________

DB90 ______are used to jump to any kind of information from a datasheet or a formDB91 Home page will always be present as a first page of an application

In MS-Access, while using form design view, for creating a command button for adding a new record, we should select the _______ category from the command button wizard

______ are used to select only some particular records from the table or any other database objects

Set of related option buttons, check boxes and toggle buttons is known as _____________

The wild card representation for any 5 letter word that starts with ram is ________________

Update query is used to add records from one or more tables to the end of an existing table

DB92 Make table queries create a new table from the records of another table

DB93

DB94 Foreign key is a field that uniquely identifies each record and accept no null valuesDB95 Data definition queries are used to create or change database objects

DB96 The attributes of a composite key are known as ________DB97 OLE object is a data type in accessDB98 Data displayed in forms cannot be editedDB99 A sub form is used to display one to many relationship between tables

DB100 We can switch from datasheet view to form view by selecting view -> form view optionDB101 In MS-Access long integer is a datatype

DB102DB103 Sorting is applied to select only some particular recordsDB104 Filter by form can be created from a forms shortcut menuDB105 Advanced filter uses a filter similar to the query design window to create a filterDB106 ? Wildcard character represents any number of characters

DB107 _________ of the following is/are a type of chartDB108 A bound control is tied to a underlying query or tableDB109 A calculated control uses expression as a source of dataDB110 Text boxes cannot be bound controls

DB111 The default query invoked by ms-access isDB112 A control can be bind to a record using row source propertyDB113 List box is a control that offers a list of choicesDB114 If a table is joined to itself it is called a ________________DB115 A picture box combines the activities of both a text box or a list boxDB116 Line is a tool box controlDB117 Text boxes can be part of a option group

DB118 _____ chart exists as a separate objectDB119 Filtering data is a way of arranging data in a meaning full orderDB120 Wild card characters are used for sorting recordsDB121 Pivot tables are used to navigate to the other tables in a databaseDB122 Reports are used to represent un-editable data

DB123 In MS -Access, the records in a table are sorted based on _________DB124 Relationship is an association between _________DB125 Summary options dialog box is used to summarize data

DB126DB127 Charts can convert numerical data in a easily understandable formatDB128 Embedded charts exist separately

DB129 The chart which cannot exists as a separate entity are _______________

DB130

In ms-access, to protect a database file from illegal access, we may set database password. The option of setting database password is available in _______ menu

In MS-Access, while designing a table for a particular field, the Required parameter is set to yes. This validates the field as _______

______ queries can be used to delete a group of records that meet some specific records

From ms - access, if we want to view the records stored in a table in ms - excel worksheet, we need to

DB131 Page header is present at the beginning of each recordDB132 Detail section has a header and footerDB133 A macro is performed only when the user initiates an eventDB134 The macro is selected from the action field of a macro sheetDB135 A macro can be made to execute before the starting of a database

DB1 _________ data type is generally used for fields assigned as primary keys in a tableDB2 MS access objects can be published in the web

DB3 In code-builder, got_focuse, click,dbl_click,enter are examples of _______DB4 _______can be used to automate certain actions in response to events

DB5 In the macro sheet the macro is selected in the _____field

DB6 To build complex expressions_____is used

DB7 The three list boxes present at the bottom of the expression builder are called_____

DB8 ________option is selected from the view menu to create macros with conditions

DB9 _______report can be created with minimum user inputDB10 _______layout of a form displays one record at a time

DB11

DB12 ______and_____are the two types of auto reports availableDB13 There are no wizards for creating a database in access

DB14 ______option from the insert menu option is chosen to add an embedded chart

DB15 In ms-access, while using SQL, references constraint is used for creating _______

DB16 _______is used to create a mailing label

DB17 ______header is present at the beginning of the report

DB18 ______is present at the bottom of each page in a report

DB19 In SQL, having clause is used for _________

DB20

DB21 ______can be used to create toolbars

The table or query name on which we are going to build our report is selected from the ____ dialogue box

______field is added to the macro sheet when we select grouping option from the view menu

DB22 _______query is used to add records from one or more tables into an existing table

DB23 _______window is used to write VB code in access applicationDB24 Values for other tables, queries are maintained in look up fields data type

DB25 Visual Basic language is a _____ tool

DB26 ______ function is used to display a message box

DB27

DB28 OLE stands for_____

DB29 The application that supplies data in OLE is called an _________

DB30DB31 _______is the file format that works on internet

DB32 ______ is used to convert any ms-access object into html format

DB33 _______ option in publish to web wizard produces a page that is static in nature

DB34 _______query is used to create or change database objects in a current databaseDB35 Currency fields express the amount in _________

DB36 _______is selected from the toolbar to add an OLE object

DB37

DB38 _______option from the file menu is selected to run 'publish to the web wizard'

DB39

DB40DB41 Ms access is a ___________

DB42 A collection of data stored in different objects is known as a _________

DB43 A blank database can be created using __________DB44 Text type data can be of _____ characters in ACCESS

DB45 ______is a datatype that assigns values automaticallyDB46 Tables cannot be imported from other databases

DB47 If two tables having same values for the fields are joined it is called an ______

Other ms-office applications can be accessed from ms-access using a concept called ________

If any change made on the object from the client side is reflected on the server then the object is said to be _____

To display an OLE object in the form of an icon ____ option is selected from insert object dialogue box

_____page in an web application is used to navigate to the rest of the pages in the application

______ is fired when an event is triggered is the concept based on a Visual Basic language

DB48 Duplication of records in a field won't be allowed if the fields are declared a________

DB49

DB50 To see more than one record at a time in a form we use _______

DB51 In SQL, delete command is used to remove _________

DB52

DB53 Properties of the fields are managed by _____ in Dynaset

DB54 ______queries allows us to view data in row by column manner

DB55

DB56 Joining tables without any matching values in the fields is called ____________DB57 Primary key uniquely identifies each record

DB58 Which of the following dialog box is/are used in the creation of form ________DB59 _______ query wizards are used to generate summary calculations for a table

DB60 Properties of a form can be changed by selecting ______from view menu options

DB61 Forms that are included in other forms are called ______________

DB136

DB137

DB138DB139 Macros can be used to add a menu to a database objectDB140 _____ header is a unique feature of reportsDB141 Chart can either be a form or a report

DB142

DB143DB144 Charts can be produced without the wizardDB145 Macros can be used to create user defined error messagesDB146 Between and Not Between is ______ type of operatorsDB147 The default data type of VB is integer

Changes from a master table can be reflected on to the child table by selecting _____option

In MS-Access, filter excluding selection will display only those record(s) which meet the criteria.

The type of queries that can update or delete record(s) in a table(s) are called __________

In MS-Access. While appending records, the source and the target table must have similar structure and fields

We can add our own functions to the expression elements list box of the expression builder

_______is the wildcard character which represents the presence of any number of characters

Group header will be present at the design view of a report even if the report is not grouped

We can change from the design view to the form view without being prompted for saving the changes made

DB148 Visual Basic is based on __________

DB149DB150 In access OLE objects cannot be linkedDB151 _____ section is present for each record in the report

DB152 A ________ sheet lists all the properties that pertain to the form or the controlsDB153 Textboxes can also be an example of unbound controlDB154 In MS-Access, we may design command buttons for navigating records

DB155 _______are forms that are included in other formsDB156 _______ are used to represent our data in graphical format

DB157 A field with a _______ uniquely identifies each record

DB158 Large amount of data can be summarized using ______ tables

DB159 _______ are employed to select only some particular records from a database object

DB160 ______ control need not have a data source

DB161 ______ control combines the functionality of both a text box and a drop down listDB162 MS access is a DBMS

DB163 A form can be bind to a record source using _____ property of the form

DB164 ______ forms displays field in single row

DB165 ______ forms are usually used for tables with one to many relationship

DB166 _______ control uses an expression as a source of control

DB167 _______ control is tied to field

DB168 _______is the form that can be created with minimum input from the user

DB169 ______option from the tool menu is selected for setting relationships between tables

DB170 ______,______and_____are the buttons belonging to the options group

DB171 _________allows us to create a filter from a field short cut menu

DB172 ________is a database object which displays data but cannot be used to edit dataDB173 What term applies to a collection of related records in a database?

_______is the name of the database object that displays data and can be used to edit data

DB174 All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?

DB175 What is a database?

DB176 What does a record contain?

DB177 An RDBMS is a

DB178 Data Warehousing refers to

DB179 Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing



DB182 What is a report?

DB183 What is the best way to analyse and change data

DB184 What are some popular office orientated software applications?

DB185

DB186 Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?

DB187 An RDBMS is a


DB189

DB190 This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential by

DB191

DB192

DB193 The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as

Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table?

You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application?

If the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically using

Application software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would be

DB194 Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?

DB195 Referential integrity ensures that the:

DB196 Tables are related to one another through a:

DB197 A foreign key is:

DB198

DB199

DB200

DB201 How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?

DB202 In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?

You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the re

In a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?

Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.

DB203 What is required of the fields that join two tables?

DB204

DB205

DB206

DB207

DB208

Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?

Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?

Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?

Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?

You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?

DB209 The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:

DB210 The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:

DB211 Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?

DB212 A text field:

DB213 The purpose of a database is to:

DB214 A database stores:

DB215 A database records:

DB216 A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________

DB217 A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________

DB218

DB219

DB220 Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?

The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.

A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____

DB221 Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?

DB222 In an enterprise-class database system ________ .

DB223 In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .

DB224

DB225 A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .

DB226 In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .

DB227 A database may contain _________________________ .

DB228

DB229

DB230

DB231

In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .

A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .

A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .

A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .

Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.

DB232

DB233

DB234

DB235 The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .

DB236 In a relation __________________________ .DB237 An attribute is also known as a(n) .

DB238 A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .

DB239

DB240 A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .

DB241

DB242

DB243

DB244 Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.

Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.

A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .

A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .

A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .

When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .

Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?

When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .

DB245 Which of the following are true about data mining applications?

DB246

DB247

DB248 A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:DB249 Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?

DB250 Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?

DB251

We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an example

We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____

You are developing an Access application that you expect to upgrade periodically. Which of the following statements is TRUE?

DB252 Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?

DB253

DB254 What makes a database an application?

DB255 What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?

DB256 The purpose of a data warehouse is to:

Which of the following brings a copy of the table into the current database and does not maintain a tie to the original table?

op1 op2 op3 op4 ans

B

B

filtering ordering sorting querying C

filter sorts pipes gateways A

A* $ @ ? Dtrue false B

B

B

database form collection A

bound unbound controlled C

TODAY() DATE() DAY() C

text box list box static text B

main form A

C

C

ram* ram?? Btrue false Breport form table ledger A

report module Achart label bitmap report Atrue false Atrue false A60,000 255 25,000 64,000 Dtrue false Btrue false A

true false B

table query form D

table form report hyperlink Dtrue false A

Record Navigation

Record Operations

Form Operations

None of the above

columnar form

tabular form

hierarchical form

one to many form

filter by form

filter by selection

filter by menu

None of the above

bound control

unbound control

data less control

data control

button group

option group

controls group

record group

none of the above

all of the above

CURRDATE()

combo box

pivot table

columnar form

tabular form

data sheet filter

filter by input

filter by form

none of the above

button wizard

control wizard

option control wizard

tool wizard

two of the above

none of the above

autoreport

none of the above

all of the above

true false A

Insert Records Tools C

true false Btrue false A

Ctrue false Atrue false Btrue false A

true false Atrue false B

null not null zero Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false B

pie bar Ctrue false Atrue false Atrue false B

Btrue false Btrue false Ainner join outer join self join table join Ctrue false Btrue false Atrue false B

sub chart Dtrue false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false A

Cforms reports attributes entities Dtrue false A

delete insert append add Atrue false Atrue false B

sub chart B

D

none of the above

alternate keys

composite keys

candidate keys

primary key

none of the above

both 1 and 2

none of the above

update query

select query

delete query

append query

freestanding

embedded

stand alone

the first field of the table

the last field of the table

primary key field

none of the above

freestanding

embedded

stand alone

use hyperlink

use import

use datasheet in forms

use export

true false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false A

integer number Dtrue false A

actions events Breport form chart macros D

macro comments action D

calculator C

action list macro list C

conditions action insert A

tabular columnar Ctabular columnar datasheet justified B

link report D

Atrue false B

add chart chart C

C

A

D

B

C

condition group C

reports forms macros D

primary number

auto number

procedures

none of the above

expression elements

code builder

expression builder

expression elements

expression elements list box

none of the above

none of the above

auto report

embedded

create report

embedded report

new report

columnar and tabular

stable and unstable

dynamic and static

none of the above

create fields

insert chart

primary key

alternate key

foreign key

none of the above

label wizard

chart wizard

mail wizard

none of the above

start header

group header

page header

report header

report footer

page footer

group footer

none of the above

for ordering records

for updating records

for specifying conditions with group by clause

none of the above

macro names

none of the above

VB Modules

add append insert delete B

report module Ctrue false A

RAD RAP RAID A

SysCmd MsgBox message B

OLE DDE CME A

A

C

linked edited Aexe DLL BMP html D

D

static file static html B

append add insert Ddollars rupees pesos yen A

list box B

display link A

new C

startup home end B

bullet command procedure CDBMS RDBMS front end language A

database C

A255 64000 235 63500 A

number Btrue false B

inner join outer join A

macro sheet

none of the above

none of the above

none of the above

none of the above

object linking and embedding

on line execution

on line editing

none of the above

OLE object

OLE client

OLE server

OLE communicator

embedded

connected

form wizard

report wizard

query wizard

publish to web wizard

dynamic file

none of the above

data definition

unbound object

bound object

command button

display as icon

create icon

create html

save as html

none of the above

none of the above

none of the above

data group

data collection

data storage

new dialog box

new blank database dialog box

new database dialog box

database dialog box

automatic number

AutoNumber

automatic field

explicit join

none of the above

not null A

C

columnar tabular B

C

true false B

properties B

A

A

inner join self join outer join Dtrue false A

Dsummary sum append simple D

properties B

sub form new form child form B

true false A

true false A

& # ? * Dtrue false Apage detail group topic Ctrue false A

true false B

true false Atrue false Btrue false Arelational list range logical Ctrue false B

primary key

candidate key

no duplicate key

cascade delete related records

cascade change related records

cascade update related fields

change all related records

both a and b

none of the above

table or tables

query or queries

record or records

none of the above

property field

field property

Dynaset field properties

crosstab queries

row/column queries

select queries

update queries

action queries

row/column queries

change/delete queries

update queries

no match join

new form dialog box

form create dialog box

form wizard dialog

both 1 and 3

change properties

form properties

new properties

included form

C

report form query table Btrue false Bgroup record session detail D

data property Btrue false Atrue false A

sub forms inner form Agraphs chart labels report B

number index identifier B

pivot create form A

filters queries sorts forms A

form bound unbound C

list box button Btrue false A

control C

chart form A

sub forms A

calculated bound unbound A

calculated unbound bound static C

sub form auto form B

connect C

D

D

form report macro table Bclipboard file field layout B

action language

structured query language

event - procedural based language

none of the above

both a and b

none of the above

child forms

none of the above

primary key

none of the above

none of the above

combo box

option button

form name

record source

none of the above

tabular form

data sheet form

none of the above

tabular form

columnar form

none of the above

none of the above

tabular form

columnar form

set relation

relationships

none of the above

option, toggle and command buttons

command button, check and list boxes

list, check and combo boxes

option button, toggle button and check boxes

filter by form

filter by report

filter by record

filter by input

search sort D

C

B

C

C

D

C

B

field names

record grab

A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information

A tool to produce high quality documents

An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things

A way of maintaining a log

Information about certain programs

It contains all the data about one specific item

A document which contains text

A collection of files

remote DBMS

relative DBMS

Relational DBMS

Reliable DBMS

storing data offline at a separate site

backing up data regularly

is related to data mining

uses tape as opposed to disk

Key verification

Computer sequence checks

Computer matching

Database access controls


A tool to produce high qualitydocuments


None of the above




None of the above

A

C

C

C

C

C

C

Number Source D

A

e-mail C

Graphics browser e-mail A

operators wildcards engines C

Reports allow users to extract information as hard copy (printed output)

Reports provide a very flexible way of creating and editing documents

A tool which allows text and graphics to be placed in documents

None of the above

Extracting and analysing data

Spreadsheets make data easy to analyse

Using queries

None of the above

Compilers, interpreters, editors

Network software, backup systems

Word processors, spreadsheets, databases, DTP

None of the above

DEFAULT and NOT NULL constraints

FOREIGN KEY constraints

PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints

IDENTITY columns

CHANGE TABLE

MODIFY TABLE

ALTER TABLE

UPDATE TABLE

remote DBMS

relative DBMS

Relational DBMS

Reliable DBMS





Description

Component

using a password

keeping a backup copy

keeping the original paper copy

saving the file with different filenames

the product code

the primary key

mail merge

A database

bookmarks

Auto ID Auto Key C

B

A

B

B

A

B

B

C

Auto Primary

AutoNumber

records in a dynaset are consistent with the underlying tables.

related tables in a database are consistent with one another.

forms in a database are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.

reports are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.

foreign key.

main form and a subform.

query and its associated dynaset.

report and its related query.

the primary key of both related tables.

the primary key of the related table.

a field from an unrelated table.

not a primary key of either related table.

One-to-one

One-to-many

Many-to-many

Many-to-one

EmployeeID

CompanyID

EmployeeLastName

CompanyAddress

The Tools menu, Relationship window

Referential integrity

The join line

The one-to-many relationship

Double click the Relationship line

Right-click the Relationship line, then select Delete from the shortcut menu

Select Undo in the Relationships pull-down menu

Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbar

That there are several customers associated with that ID

That some of the data is not viewable

That there are records in a related table

That records can be added by clicking on the plus sign

D

D

D

C

# M ¥ * C

C

They must both be numbers

They cannot be text fields

They cannot be AutoNumber data types

They must be the same data type

Nothing, Access ignores the attempted command.

The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table.

The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are deleted from the Loans table.

An error message is displayed.

The subform is not visible.

The subform is displayed in Datasheet view.

The subform is displayed in Form view.

The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.

A one-to-many relationship between teams and players

A one-to-many relationship between teams and coaches

A one-to-many relationship between coaches and teams

A many-to-many relationship between players and teams

Either table at any time

The Customers table only when there are Loan records associated with that customer

The Loans table at any time

Neither table

B

Sub. B

C

C

A

data. metadata. D

facts. figures. a and b D

a or b A

B

C

B

Jet Oracle a and b D

prompt, title bar text, icon.

prompt, icon, title bar text.

title bar text, prompt, icon.

title bar text, icon, prompt.

Dim CreateList.

Sub CreateList.

CreateList.

A check box enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.

A text field enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.

A drop-down list enables the user to choose from one of several existing entries.

A drop-down list enables the user to enter text.

must be set for one word.

must be set for multiple words.

does not have to be set.

must be set for two words.

help people keep track of things.

store data in tables.

create tables of rows and columns.

maintain data on different things in different tables.

relationships.

all of the above

information.

single-user database application

multiuser database application

e-commerce database application




None of above

Sequential Query Language (SQL)

Structured Question Language (SQL)

Structured Query Language (SQL)

Relational Question Language (RQL)

Database Modeling System

Database Management System

Data Business Model System

Relational Model Manager

SQL Server

The user D

A

b and c D

the user B

C

D

tables metadata D

a and b A

a and b B

a and b C

A

The database application

The database management system (DBMS)

All of the above.

the database application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS

the DBMS accesses the database data

None of above

All of above

creates queries

creates form

creates reports

the database application

the database management system (DBMS)

the database

all the users' data is in one place

it reduces data duplication

it contains a description of its own structure

All of the above.

holds user data

holds metadata

holds indexes

All of the above.

stored procedures

All of the above.

from existing data

as a new systems development project

as a redesign of an existing database

from existing non-database data



from existing data



data marts

normalization

data models

entity-relationship data modeling

B

D

D

A

Ctable relation row field D

record field key tuple C

record field C

record field D

B

D

A

B

data marts

normalization

data models


data marts

normalization

data models


data marts

normalization


data migration

file managers

hierarchical models

network models

relational data model

entities in a column vary as to kind

the order of the columns is important

the order of the rows is unimportant

more than one column can use the same name

composite key

foreign key

foreign key

candidate key

composite key

primary key

foreign key

surrogate key

Insertion anomaly

Update anomaly

Deletion anomaly

All of above

assess the existing tables' structure and content

design the database structure

create one or more new tables

move the data into the new database

are supplied by several well-established manufacturers

were essentially killed off by MS Access

have poor response time

are not true DBMS products

A

dirty data B

dirty data D

b and c CForm Table Report Query A

Macros D

B

They use sophisticated mathematical techniques.

Their report delivery is more difficult than report delivery for reporting systems.

Nonintegrated data

None of the above

inconsistent data

nonintegrated data

a "wrong format" problem

inconsistent data

nonintegrated data


data warehouse data are not stored in tables.

data warehouse databases do not have metadata.

data warehouse data are often denormalized.

Forms and reports

Queries and tables

Spreadsheets

It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects and tables are in one database.

It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables in another.

It is advisable to put each object and table into a separate database.

Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the tables when the application is upgraded.

C

Import Link Merge Join A

C

D

C

The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the objects in another database.

An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to yet another database containing only tables.

All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same database.

An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be changed without disturbing the existing data.

It contains more than one table

It contains tables, reports, queries, and forms

It contains a user interface, or switchboard

It contains macros

Menu Wizard

Build Menu

Interface Design Wizard

Switchboard Manager

create backups for mission critical corporate data.

centralize the manageability of data collection.

put key business information into the hands or more decision makers.

store all corporate transaction data in one single location.

q_id q_descVB1 Microsoft visual basic project file has _______ file extension.

VB2 In visual basic, _______ method is used to add an item in a combobox

VB3

VB4

VB5 In visual basic, to display a message in the run time _________ function is used

VB6

VB7

VB8

VB9

VB10

VB11

VB12 In visual basic, the explorer view of a project is displayed in ___________

VB13VB14 In visual basic, _______ is a method to convert a string into integer.

VB15VB16 In visual basic, a timer event is only available in timer control.

VB17

VB18 In visual basic, _______ is a property of a textbox control to set a color of a text.

VB19

VB20 In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is used to change the size of text.

VB21 In visual basic, the interval property of a timer control is given in ________

VB22 In visual basic, _______ property of listbox control counts the number of items in the list

VB23 In visual basic, the properties of various controls can be set using __________

VB24

VB25

VB26

VB27

In visual basic, _______ method is used to load picture during runtime in an image control

In visual basic, to populate a drive list box with a directory list box __________ statement is used

In visual basic, to populate a directory list box with a file list box ________ statement is used

In visual basic, ________ is a property of a recordset object which counts the number of rows in a recordsourse object

In visual basic, using a data control, a record can only be added from the last record. Adding a new record is only possible using _______ method of a recordset object.

In visual basic, using a data control, a record is saved to a recordsource object using _______ method of a recordset object.

In visual basic, using a data control, to navigate to the previous record ________ method of a recordset object is used.

In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the last record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______

In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the first record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______

In visual basic, in a shape control, a vb statement gives Shape1.Shape = 2. What type of shape should we get?

In visual basic, vbred or vbgreen or vbblue are the property values of a backcolor of any object

In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is set to _______ to underline a text

In visual basic, vbinformation, vbcritical, vbexclaimation are the values of _______ in a messagebox function.

In visual basic, ________ is a function which displays a message and it also allows the user to enter values in a form object

In visual basic, using a data control, ________ is a recordset type which allows to add a new record and also to update existing record in a recordsourse object

In visual basic, while closing a form _______ event of a form object is triggered earlier to terminate event.

VB28VB29 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,0,0) will generate _______ colorVB30 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,255,255) will generate _______ color

VB31 In visual basic, if a user uses a shortcut key ctrl+R _________ becomes visible.

VB32 In visual basic, if a user uses a function key F4 _________ becomes visible.

VB33 In visual basic, when a textbox control receives the focus ________ event is triggered.

VB34 In visual basic, a form is a ________ object.VB35 Microsoft visual basic is a Rapid Application Development tool.

VB36

VB37 In visual basic, to display text on a label object _________ property is used

VB38

VB39

VB40 In visual basic, _______ keyword is used to declare a variable

VB41

VB42 Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?

VB43 Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?

VB44

VB45

VB46 How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?

VB47 A project group is a Project which:

VB48

VB49 How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?

VB50

In visual basic, to give a backcolor or to bring in a picture to a command button can only be done if we set the style property to ______

In visual basic, when a form object appears on the screen _________ event is triggered.

In visual basic, _______ object is used to access the database and also to manage the data in the database.

In visual basic, when a checkbox control is checked _______ property is automatically assigned with 1.

What is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control.

The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button.

To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:

Procedures declared in a _____ are local whereas procedures declared in a ______ are available to the whole application.

The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen.

VB51

VB52 What is the purpose of the Image List Control?

VB53VB54 Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?

VB55VB56 Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:

VB57 Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user?

VB58 In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:

VB59

VB60

VB61VB62 Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?

VB63

VB64 The caption and the name properties of the command button:

VB65

VB66 Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?

VB67 The vb Critical symbol displays:

VB68 vbYesNo is an example of a(n):

You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?

Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file:

Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB?

Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called:

Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object?

In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:

The ______ function can be used to run any .com, .exe, .bat or .pif file from a Visual Basic program.

You try to initialize a new Object variable with the following line but receive an error. What could be the possible cause? Set MyVar = New Classname

VB69 The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:

VB70

VB71 Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?

VB72

Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?

To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:

op1 op2 op3 op4 ans.vbg .vbp .frm .frx B

add additem loaditem B

load loadpicture addpicture B

B

message() msgbox() C

C

recordcount count C

update append addnew additem C

append update additem addnew B

movenext movelast moveprevious movefirst C

eof,false movelast,false eof,true D

toolbox D

bof,false movefirst,false bof,true Dvalue() int() number() val() D

circle rectangle square oval Dtrue false A

true false A

fontcolor color forecolor C

underline,true textunderline,true B

textsize size foresize fontsize D

C

count recordcount itemcount listcount D

project explorer toolbox B

title prompt vbmsgboxstyle C

msgbox() textbox label inputbox() D

opendynaset dbopensnapshot D

load activate unload initialze C

none of the above

none of the above

Drive1.Drive=Dir1.Path

Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive

File1.Path = Dir1.Path

none of the above

messagebox()

none of the above

Dir1.Path=File1.Path

Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive

File1.Path = Dir1.Path

File1.pattern=Dir1.path

openrecordset

opendatabase

movelast,true

properties window

form layout window

project explorer

movefirst,true

none of the above

fontunderline,true

none of the above

one- millionth of a second

one-hundredth of a second

one-thousandth of a second

one-ten thousandth of a second

form layout window

prperties window

none of the above

opensnapshot

dbopendynaset

standard opaque transparent graphical Dblue red green black Bred green blue white D

toolbox D

toolbox A

change lostfocus text gotfocus D

child parent container Ctrue false A

load unload initialize activate D

text name caption C

dbengine openrecordset B

enabled visible value style C

dime dim var B

.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx B

Validate Validation Check Audit A

On Error Stop D

PaintPicture Refresh Resize A

A

1 2 3 D

D

A

B

Refresh PaintPicture A

properties window

form layout window

project explorer window

properties window

form layout window

project explorer window

none of the above

none of the above

opendatabase

none of the above

none of the above

On Error GoTo linelabel

On Error GoTo Inline

On Error Resume Next

UpdateControls

Cancel parameter to a non-zero value

Cancel parameter to 0

UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value

UnloadMode parameter to a zero value

None of the above

Consists of several Programs

Consists of several Applications

Consists of Various Forms And Code Modules

Consists of several Projects

Form window, standard or code module

Project window, view code window

Class module, code module

None of the above

Place code in the Terminate event

Place code in the Unload event

Place code in the Deactivate event

None of the above

AutoRedraw = True

AutoRedraw = False

D

D

FreeFile GetFileNum GetFile GetBytes ARetrieve Get GetProperty Value B

Windows explorer Input box DCaption Visible Multi-Line Font C

D

Ascii Format Input Mode Output mode B

x and y A

Property Get Property Let Property Set C

ZOrder property CMin Max Value CurrentVal B

Shell Substr SetAttr CStr A

B

C

D

An exclamation icon B

statement. variable. intrinsic constant. C

Msgbox err.no & err.text

Msgbox err.number & err.text

Msgbox error.number & error.text

Msgbox error.number & error.description

To display images to the user

To help in creating a ToolBar

To allow the editing of icons

To provide a repository for images used by other controls

Common messages passed to Windows

Open dialog box

Click and KeyPress

Click, KeyUp and KeyDown KeyUp and KeyDown

KeyPress, KeyUp and KeyDown

Binary Format

CurrentX and CurrentY

ScaleLeft and ScaleTop

ScaleHeight and ScaleTop

Property Assign

Background color property

Caption property

AutoRedraw property

Are one and the same

Can be different at times

Are actually not properties

None of the above

You do not need to use the Set command here

You do not have the permission to access the class

MyVar has not been declared

None of the above

The Open method

The Exec method

The ExecProcedure method

None of the above

A warning query icon

A critical message icon

None of the above

built-in procedure.

B

C

Unload Deactivate Terminate C

A

MsgBox statement returns a value, while the InputBox function does not.

InputBox function returns a value, while the MsgBox statement does not.

InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement cannot.

MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function cannot.

Data cannot be entered into the form.

The form can be modified.

Data can be entered.

A new check box can be added.

QueryUnload





Q_desc

AC64

AC65BC 113 Which of the following is not the component of a CPU

BC 114

BC 114 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?

BC 115 What do the abbreviations VAB stand for

BC 116 What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tapeBC 116 What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?BC 117 Header label normally include all the following except theBC 117 A daisy wheel is a type of...? BC 118 Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers

BC 118 An impact printer creates characters by using...?

BC 119 The best security control in a microcomputer environment is toBC 119 What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter? BC 12 What do you need for an ink jet printer?

BC 120 The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of BC 120 What do you need for an ink jet printer? BC 121 A laser printer does NOT use?BC 122 The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...?BC 123 You can ________ protect a floppy disk. BC 124 Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...?

BC 125 Magnetic tape is a...? BC 126 Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...?BC 128 Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb?BC 129 Which storage device cannot be erased?BC 13 You can ________ protect a floppy disk

BC 130 Where should floppy disks be stored? BC 133 The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?BC 134 What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions?BC 135 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations? BC 136 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?BC 137 How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?BC 138 What type of computer chips are said to be volatile?

BC 14 Magnetic tape is a...?

BC 14 Software can be divided into two areas: BC 140 Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights

In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?

Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:


BC 141 Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?BC 142 Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...?

BC 143 Which generation of computer was developed from microchips?

BC 144 Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor?

BC 145 Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits?

BC 146 Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?

BC 147 Name three steps involved in developing an information system

BC 148 How do you define analysis of an information system?

BC 149 What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?

BC 15 What is the function of systems software?

BC 15 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?

BC 151 What is Direct Implementation?

BC 152 What is parallel running?

BC 153 What documents are produced during the development of a system?

BC 154 What are User Guides are used for?

BC 16 Systems software can be categorised into:

BC 16 Which storage device cannot be erased?

BC 17 Application software are programs that are writtenBC 17 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?BC 170 Convert the decimal number 2989 to HexadecimalBC 18 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?

BC 183 What are utilities?BC 184 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in

BC 185 The original ASCII codes BC 186 A Nibble corresponds to

BC 187 A gigabyte represents

BC 188 A 32-bit processor has

BC 189 A parity bit is BC 19 he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?BC 190 Clock speed is measured in

BC 191 Cache memory enhances

BC 192 CISC machines BC 20 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?

BC 200 Every data from the primary memory will be erased ifBC 201 An RS-232 interface is BC 202 For print quality you would expect best results from

BC 203 ROM

BC 204 A UPS

BC 206 smart cardBC 207 Laptop computers use

BC 208 Multiprogramming refers to

BC 209 Multitasking refers to BC 21 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?BC 21 A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through

BC 210 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for BC 211 Timesharing is the same as

BC 212 Virtual memory is

BC 213 Multiprocessing is

BC 22 To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should

BC 22 What is the function of a disk drive? BC 228 A 4GL isBC 229 A nanosecond is

BC 23 What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?

BC 230 The memory address register is used to store

BC 231 The memory data register is used to store

BC 232 The instruction register stores BC 24 Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor?

BC 25

BC 26

BC 27 Detecting errors in real memory is a function of

BC 28 To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user shouldBC 28 A series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a

BC 29 To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user shouldBC 29 Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is called

BC 30BC 31 All are examples of computer software except

BC 32BC 32 Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a recordBC 33 The part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the

BC 34 For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into

BC 35 The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is

BC 36BC 37 Which one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music?

BC 37BC 38 Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?

A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.

Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?

The place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the

Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as

Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer system

An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?

BC 38 Multimedia software can be most productively used forBC 39 To be effective a virus checker should be

BC 40

BC 41 Passwords enable users toBC 42 12. How many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent?

BC 43 Back up of the data files will help to preventBC 44 Which one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol?

BC 45 The advantage of a PC network is thatBC 46 The term A:\ refers to

BC 47 UPS stands for

BC 48 The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that

BC 48 You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called

BC 484 A flow chart is the

BC 485 A voucher entry in Tally is done for

BC 49 Passwords are applied to files in order to

BC 491 Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:

BC 492

BC 494 What is a computer-aided design system?

BC 499 A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.

BC 50 File extensions are used in order to

BC 506 Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT:BC 51 Hashing for disk files is called

BC 52BC 53 Black box testing and white box testing are part of:

BC 53




What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?

BC 54 The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility

BC 54 Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?

BC 55

BC 555BC 56 Benchmarks form part of:

BC 57

BC 58 Which is not part of help desk documentation: BC 59 Testing of individual modules is known as:

BC 60

BC 60 Which is part of installation testing:

BC 60BC 61 Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audio

BC 61

BC 62 Designing relationships among components is part of:BC 63 Several Computers connected together is called:BC 64 Which network topology uses a Hub?BC 65 Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?

BC 66 Application software are programs

BC 67

BC 67

BC 68 Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are required

BC 69

BC 70 Which component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performance

BC 71

Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?

Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture



The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:

Which of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?

Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired one

Which of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?

It is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly because

Which of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity

BC 72 Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they

BC 73

BC 74 A modem is a device that

BC 75

BC 76 A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called an

BC 77

BC 78 Terminal hardware controls include

BC 79 RS-232 is a

BC 79 What is a compiler?

BC 80 What are the stages in the compilation process? BC 80 Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme

BC 81 What is the definition of an interpreter?

BC 81

BC 82 Third generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as

BC 82 Serial Communication is used over long distance because it

BC 83 In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?

BC 83 The primary function of a front-end processor is to

BC 84 What is the first stage in program development? BC 84 Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network


A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a

If a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be

A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as a

BC 85 What is System Analysis? BC 85 A device to device hardware communication link is called

BC 86 What will a good software provider consider?BC 86 The topology of a network can be each of the following exceptBC 87 What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85?BC 87 Which is the most common data transmission error checking methodBC 88 What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111?BC 88 Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single lineBC 89 What is the decimal value of the octal number 215?

BC 89 Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?

BC 9 Cache memory enhancesBC 90 What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF? BC 90 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer inBC 91 What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476?BC 91 A byte corresponds to

BC 92 What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean? BC 92 A Kb corresponds toBC 93 What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101?BC 93 Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer inBC 94 Where would you find the letters QWERTY?

BC 94 A parity bit is

BC 95 How did the computer mouse get its name? BC 95 Clock speed is measured inBC 96 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?BC 96 CPU performance may be measured inBC 97 A digitising tablet can be used for? BC 97 In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally usedBC 98 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?

BC 98 A UPS

BC 99 What does a light pen contain? BC 99 The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around

BC01BC02 Where would you find the letters QUERTY?BC03 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?BC04 A digitising tablet can be used for?BC05 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?BC06 What input device could tell you the price of a product


BC07 Where would you find a magnetic strip?

BC08 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?BC09 What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen CalledBC10 A daisy wheel is a type of...?BC100 What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test?BC100 Laptop computers use

BC101 QWERTY is used with reference toBC101 What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate?BC102 A GUI isBC102 Where would you find a magnetic strip?

BC103 Multiprogramming refers to

BC104 Multitasking refers to

BC105 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for

BC105 UNIVAC Computer belongs to theBC106 Timesharing is the same asBC106 Name the first Indian Super Computer?

BC107 Disk fragmentation

BC107

BC108 A compiler is BC108 Which printer among the following is fastest BC109 “Zipping” a file means

BC109 What does acronym VIRUS stands for

BC11 An impact printer creates characters by using...?

BC110 A client-server system is based onBC111 A nanosecond is



BC115BS 319 A predefined computational task is referred to as a(n):

CA 486 Which of the following is not the feature of GAPsCA 487 Which is the example of CAATs


A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of

CA 488 In audit procedures, test data is

CA 489 Which of the following is not the use of CAATsCA 490 Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?DB 01 What term applies to a collection of related records in a database? DB 02 All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?

DB 03 What is a database?

DB 04 What does a record contain?DB 05 An RDBMS is a

DB 06 Data Warehousing refers to

DB 07 Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing

DB 10 What is a database?

DB 11 What does a record contain?

DB 12 What is a report?

DB 13 What is the best way to analyse and change data

DB 18 What are some popular office orientated software applications?

DB 19 Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table? DB 20 Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?DB 226 An RDBMS is a

DB 227 Data Warehousing refers to

DB 235

DB 24 This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential by

DB 26DB 27 Application software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would beDB 30 The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as DB 365 Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?

You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application?

If the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically using

DB 366 Referential integrity ensures that the:

DB 367 Tables are related to one another through a:

DB 368 A foreign key is:

DB 369

DB 370

DB 371

DB 372 How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?

DB 373 In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?

DB 374 What is required of the fields that join two tables?

DB 375

DB 376

DB 377

DB 378

DB 379

DB 380 The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:DB 381 The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:

You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the re

In a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?

Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.

Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?

Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?

Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?

Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?

You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?

DB 393 Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?

DB 394 A text field:

DB 401 The purpose of a database is to:DB 402 A database stores:DB 403 A database records:

DB 404 A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________

DB 405 A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________

DB 407

DB 408 A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____DB 409 Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?

DB 410 Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?

DB 411 In an enterprise-class database system ________ .DB 412 In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .

DB 413 In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .

DB 414 A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .DB 415 In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .DB 416 A database may contain _________________________ .

DB 417

DB 418

DB 419

DB 420

DB 421

DB 422

DB 423

The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.

A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .

A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .

A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .

Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.

Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.

A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .

A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .

DB 424 The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .

DB 425 In a relation __________________________ .DB 426 An attribute is also known as a(n) .DB 427 A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .

DB 428 A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .DB 429 A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .

DB 430

DB 431 Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?

DB 432

DB 433 Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.

DB 434 Which of the following are true about data mining applications?

DB 435

DB 436

DB 437 A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:DB 463 Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?DB 464 Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?

DB 465

DB 466 Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?

DB 467

When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .

When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .

We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an example

We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____



DB 469 What makes a database an application?

DB 470 What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?

DB 503 The purpose of a data warehouse is to:

DS 279 ____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.

DS 59 Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?

DS 62 A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:

DS 63 What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?

DS 66EC 103 The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is

EC 301

EC 302 What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?

EC 406 An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______

EC 51 Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?

EC 58

EX 1 On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…

EX 10

EX 11

EX 12 Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?

EX 13

Which of the following risks can be minimized by requiring all employees accessing the information system to use passwords?

What is the term that describes spying on one’s business rivals to gain a competitive advantage?

Which of the following statements is correct concerning the security of messages in an electronic data interchange (EDI) system?

Cell A4 =2 and A5 = 4. You select both cells and drag the fill handle down to A8. The contents of cells A6, A7, and A8 are _____.

If a cell shows ####### , it means that _____.

The gym teacher has a new program to calculate physical fitness in terms of weight and exercise. The use inputs different weights or amounts of exercise to determine the related physical fitness. This "What if" program is most likely which of the followin

EX 14 The difference between the highest and the lowest values.EX 15 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX 2 To select a column the easiest method is to …EX 3 If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents.EX 320 The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as EX 321 All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT:EX 322 Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?EX 323 Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel?

EX 324 Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first?EX 325 Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant?

EX 326 How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?

EX 327 How can you change the active cell?

EX 328 Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?

EX 330 The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:EX 331 The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.

EX 332EX 333 Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?EX 334 Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?

EX 335 Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?EX 336 Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet?EX 337 All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:EX 338 Which of the following is a valid cell range?EX 339 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the: EX 340 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:

EX 341 Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?EX 342 A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known asEX 343 Which of the following is considered an absolute cell reference?

EX 344

EX 345

EX 346

EX 347 The F4 key is used to:EX 352 Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?

In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.

Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?

Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?

Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?

EX 353 Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?

EX 354 Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:

EX 358 If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:

EX 361

EX 362 The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:EX 363 The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:

EX 364 What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it?

EX 384 A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:

EX 4

EX 42EX 43 Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?

EX 462 Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?

EX 5

EX 52

EX 57

EX 6EX 6 What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?

EX 7 To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .EX 7 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX 8

EX 8 Which of the functions is not valid for performing addition

You created a worksheet on July 30 and entered the =Today() function in cell E17. You opened that worksheet again on August 31. What will be displayed in cell E17 on August 31?

The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.

The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?

To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.

Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing this

What would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?

To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.

The formula that will add the value of cell D4 to the value of C2 and then multiply by the value in B2 is _____.

EX 9 The default orientation for the printed page is _____. EX9. Which is not a valid cell address?

IN 01 Which of the following best describes uploading information?

IN 02

IN 03

IN 04

IN 05

IN 06 Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.IN 07 The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system.

IN 08IN 09 An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person.IN 10 An action or event that might prejudice security.

IN 104IN 11 Malicious software.IN 110 None the person who is known as father of Internet IN 111 This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth.

IN 112 When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for

IN 12 A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.IN 13 The means of communicating between networks

IN 14

IN 15 The term HTTP stands for

IN 155 A NIC is considered asIN 156 A hub is a device that can connect

IN 157 Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?

IN 158 What do routers connect?IN 159 What does a router route?IN 16 Software which prevents external access to a system is termed

IN 160IN 161 Which of the following in an OSI layer

IN 162 When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?IN 163 An IP address is a

IN 164 To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them

A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.

The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.

The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.

A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.

A set of rules and formats, semantic and syntactic, that permits entities to exchange information.

According to information Technology Act, 2000, To investigate contraventions the controller of certifying authority shall exercise the like powers to that of

A group of computers and other devices dispersed over a relatively limited area and connected by communication links that enable a device to interact with any other on the network.

If four computers are connected to a hub and then to the internet, how many IP addresses are required for these 5 devices?

IN 165 What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiver

IN 166 Bluetooth isIN 167 Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers?IN 168 The most preferred number system to represent a IP address isIN 169 A MAC address is of

IN 17 Protocol is

IN 172

IN 173 What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology?

IN 174IN 175 The principal topologies used with LANs are: IN 176 What are the various types of bus architecture? IN 177 What are the various types of ring architecture?

IN 178

IN 179 In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channelIN 18 Which one of the following is NOT a network topology?

IN 180IN 181 The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the:

IN 182 What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?IN 194 Modem speeds are measured in IN 195 LAN speeds are measured in

IN 196 WAN speeds are IN 197 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of

IN 198 To use the Internet, you

IN 20 The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:

IN 205 An NIC IN 21 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of IN 214 The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is

IN 218 JPEG and MPEG

A ............... is a LAN-based computer with software that acts as a controlling device for controlling access to at least part, if not all, of a local area network and its available resources.

The .............. of the network concerns how network devices are physically (or optically) interconnected.

In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub

In a .............. , the cable system forms a loop with workstations attached at various intervals around the loop

IN 22 To use the Internet youIN 220 A multiplexer is a form of

IN 221 An ISP

IN 222 FTP is

IN 223 Telnet

IN 224 A firewall is IN 225 A proxy server is

IN 23 A search engine isIN 23 To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a

IN 24 An ISP

IN 25 FTP is

IN 26 Telnet

IN 267 Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?

IN 268 Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?

IN 269

IN 27 A firewall is

IN 270 Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?IN 272 A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.

IN 273IN 28 A proxy server is

IN 285

IN 288 What can be said about the safety of the Internet?

IN 29 To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is

The traditional intent and impact of this common type of attack is to prevent or impair the legitimate use of network resources.

One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.

Which of the following would be performed on a network server and not normally on individual workstations?

IN 290 One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:

IN 297 Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?IN 298 ____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.

IN 30

IN 304 The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:

IN 306 Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?

IN 307 Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism?

IN 308

IN 31

IN 31IN 310 Which of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?

IN 312 Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?IN 313 Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet?

IN 314 The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to:

IN 315IN 316 Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:IN 317 Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:

IN 318 What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?

IN 32 Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications softwareIN 33 Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-SoftwareIN 33 Which protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?

IN 34 The major advantage of the checksum program is when it

IN 348 Which of the following is a Web browser?

IN 349 A Web page is another name for -----------

IN 35

The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called

Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?

An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradation

A company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company can

The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.

Domain names must contain a description of the type of organisation that the domain represents. A very common abbreviation used include:

IN 350 A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is:IN 351 The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:

IN 359 Which of the following requires an Internet connection?

IN 36

IN 360 Which of the following is used to update a Web query?

IN 45IN 47 When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?

IN 49IN 493 A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):IN 50 A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is calledIN 501 _________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.

IN 68IN 69 Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet?

IN 70 What does FTP stand for?

IN 71 What is the purpose of DNS? IN 72. Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address?

IN 73. Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?

IN 74. The Internet is controlled by whom?

IN 75. What does IRC stand for?

IN 76 If you do not pick up your email for a week...?

IN 77 What does HTML stand for?

IN 78 What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?

OS 01

OS 127 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?

Mr Rao wants to find a website that he briefly browsed over yesterday. After turning on his computer how would he do this?

You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?

While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?

Most client/server applications operate on a three-tiered architecture consisting of which of the following layers?

Which of the following computer software is designed to direct and assist the execution of application programs

OS 131 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?OS 132 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?

OS 139 Which computers use single chip processors? OS 193 CPU performance may be measured in OS 199 In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used

OS 215 Disk fragmentation

OS 216 A compiler is

OS 217 An interpreter is OS 219 “Zipping” a file means OS 233 An assembly language program is translated to machine code by OS 234 Which of the following is not part of the processor

OS 236OS 238 __________ control defaults to displaying the files in the current directory:

OS 271

OS 274

OS 275

OS 276OS 277 All ____________ have the option of blocking ports.

OS 278 Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of a firewall?

OS 280

OS 281 At a minimum, which of the following should be implemented under the protection phase?

OS 282 Attacks on your system may be prevented or trapped through the use of:

OS 283

OS 284 Which of the following is NOT a step to take in securing a workstation?

OS 286

If the Cancel Error Property of the CommonDialog Box is set to true then which of the following statement is true:

A ____________ occurs any time a program writes more information into the temporary space it has allocated in the memory.

Assessing a system requires certain common tools. Which of the following is NOT a tool used to assess a system?

The ____________________ Web site has a utility that will tell you what software and operating system a Web server is running.

When software vendors discover flaws in their software, they usually will write corrections to their code, known as:

Before shutting a service on an individual machine, which of the following would you always check?

Setting restrictions as to the number of unique passwords to use before a user can recycle them is called a password:

To prevent a hacker from unauthorized access, what should you do with the administrator account?

OS 287 What should be done with old backup tapes and CDs?OS 289 Which of the following is NOT an example of malware?

OS 291 One step you can take to reduce the risk of being infected by a virus is to:

OS 292 Which of the following is NOT a sign that a virus has infected your system?

OS 293 Which of the following is the safest way to protect yourself from e-mail viruses?

OS 294OS 295 ____________ gathers user information with the user’s knowledge.

OS 296 Which of the following is the most common function of spyware?

OS 299 Which of the following is NOT a virus-scanning technique?

OS 300 Which of the following would NOT be a way to protect your system from spyware?

OS 309

OS 329 Which of the following would you use to open an existing file?OS 355 The ability to have multiple applications open at the same time is known as:

OS 356 Which of the following can be changed using the Options command?

OS 357

OS 396 Which of the following actions would move a floating toolbar to dock it in a different place?

OS 397 To display a missing or needed toolbar, click the:

A ____________ attack causes too much information to be placed into temporary memory space.

For which of the following positions would it be advisable to conduct an extensive background check?

Which of the following leaves an application open but shrinks the window to a button on the Windows taskbar?

OS 399 Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding password protection?

OS 495 The Linux operating systems is an example of:

OS 496 The Windows operating systems is:

OS 497 Application service providers offer:

OS 498 A(n) _________ offers on-demand software on an as-needed basis to its clients over the web.

OS 502 _________ are systems used to interact with customers and run a business in real time.OS 504 The most common cause(s) of disaster is (are):

OS 505OS239 To destroy an object and free the memory space occupied by it, the keyword used is:

PP 44 An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include

PP 442

PP 443

PP 444 What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?

PP 445 The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:

PP 446

PP 447 Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?

PP 448

PP 449

A _______ backup site is backup facility consisting of an empty warehouse with all necessary connections for power and communication, but nothing else.

Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?

Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?

Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?

If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?

How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?

PP 450 What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?

PP 451 What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active?

PP 452 What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active?

PP 453 Using custom animation effects, you can build:

PP 454 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?

PP 455 Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide?PP 456 Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?

PP 457 Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:

PP 458 Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?

PP 459 Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects?

PP 46

PP 460 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?

PP 461 Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?PP 500 Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:

What type of program allows an object within an image to be edited without affecting other objects?

PP438 Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?PP439 Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?

VB 237 What is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control. VB 240 Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?

VB 241 Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?

VB 242

VB 243 To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:

VB 243VB 244 How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?

VB 245 A project group is a Project which:

VB 246

VB 247 How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?

VB 248

VB 249

VB 250 What is the purpose of the Image List Control? VB 251 Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file: VB 252 Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?

VB 253 Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB? VB 255 Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:

VB 256 Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user? VB 257 In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:

VB 258

VB 259

VB 260VB 261 Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?

The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button.

To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:


The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen.

You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?

Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called:

Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object?

In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:

VB 262

VB 263 The caption and the name properties of the command button:

VB 264

VB 265 Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?

VB 266 The vb Critical symbol displays: VB 382 vbYesNo is an example of a(n):

VB 383 The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:

VB 395VB254 Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?

WO 01WO 02 How are data organized in a spreadsheet? WO 03 Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?

WO 04

WO 05 Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one?

WO 06WO 07 What process should be used to recall a document saved previously? WO 08 Which is used to indent text within a document?

WO 09 Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?

WO 1 What is a Word Processor used for?WO 10 What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?

WO 11 What is a Word Processor used for?

WO 12 What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor

WO 13 What is a header in a document?

WO 2 What hardware is essential for a word?WO 25 The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a

WO 3 What basic tools would you find in the Edit



Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?

Veena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?

Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"?

Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?

WO 32

WO 34

WO 385

WO 386 Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?

WO 387 How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?

WO 388 Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?

WO 389 What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?

WO 39

WO 390

WO 391WO 392 Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?

WO 398 Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?

WO 4 What is a header in a document?

What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outs

What edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?

Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?

You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?

When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?

Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.

WO 40WO 400 Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:WO 41 To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a

WO 440 Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?WO 468 What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?WO 471 Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.

WO 472 A reverse in a newsletter is:

WO 473 A pull quote is best emphasized by:

WO 474 Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?

WO 475WO 476 As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?

WO 477

WO 478 Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?

WO 479 Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?

WO 480 Which of the following is the default Word column width?

WO 481

WO 482

WO 483

WO 484



Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?

Assume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?

Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:

Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?

While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?

WO 5 What does a document contain?

WO 56Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?

Op1 Op2 Op3 Op4 Ans

Cash disbursements. Cash receipts. Payroll transactions. A

CNIC Card VSAT RAM AGP Card B

Record Count Identification Number B

Printed output None of above B

Voice answer back Visual audio board None of above C

Validity check Boundary protection File protection ring Limited access files CColoured spots Pixels Pixies None of above BFile Name Identification number Reel Number Batch Total DPrinter Storage device Pointing device None of above ASystem Logs Physical Security Console Log Data Dictionary B

An ink pen None of above C

Require user passwords AA pen Paper Eraser None of above CA cartridge A drum A ribbon A cassette A

AA cartridge A drum A ribbon None of above AA print head A laser beam An INK RIBBON None of above CVolume Size Storage capacity None of above CRead Write Read and Write None of above BMagnetic tape PAN drive Floppy disk None of above A

Random access medium None of above A1.44MB 20 GB 700MB None of above BA CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage None of above CA CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage None of above ARead Write Read and Write Not B

By a sunny window By magnet objects In a drawer None of above CROM chips RAM chips CDROM chips None of above BRAM chips ROM chips DRAM chips None of above BALU Registers Logic bus None of above ACPUs Registers Control unit None of above B0 bits 1 bit 8 bits None of above BRAM chips ROM chips CACHE None of above A

Random access medium A

None of the above BSupercomputer Personal computer Mainframe computer None of above B

Inventory subsidiary.



Will be more efficient at producing financial statements.


Control totals for one or more fields


Writing on a hard board

Storing information on the hard disk

Voice activated broadcasting

Electrically charged ink

An inked ribbon and print head

Restrict physical access

Use only unremovable media


Separation of duties


Centralised function for PC Disposition


Serial access medium

A parallel access medium

Serial access medium






Supercomputers None of above BFirst generation Second generation Hoover generation None of above A

Second generation First generation Fourth generation None of above C

Second generation Third generation Fifth generation None of above C

Second generation Third generation Fifth generation None of above B

Second generation Third generation Fifth generation None of above A

None of above A

None of above C

None of above B

To collect data To execute any programs To maintain security None of the above D

Copied from the disk Saved to the disk A

None of above B

None of above A

None of above C

None of above C

None of the above A

CD-ROM floppy disk Hard disk B

To do a particular task. None of the above BData bus Auto bus Address bus Control Bus AFDDI BAD TED MAD BData bus Auto bus Address bus Control Bus D

Notebook computers

Jon Von Neumann computers



Analysis, System Design, and Implementation

Analysis translates program code of a high level language to machine code






Deleted from the disk

Transferred from the disk


Users operate the computer system from a given date

Users operate the manual system

The new system is introduced alongside the existing system

The new system is introduced and users start operating it

Users continue operating the old system



User Guide and technical documentation

For technical support

To enable any printer to be connected to the network





Magnetic tape storage



Dbinary form ASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form A

were 7 bits 8 bits A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits A

1000 kilobytes 230 bytes 1024 bytes A

32 registers 32 I/O devices 32 Mb of RAM D

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte is the last bit in a byte BROM RAM DRAM CROM Abits per second baud bytes Hertz D

memory capacity memory access time B

DALU Registers Variables Logic Bus A

All of the above Da parallel interface a serial interface printer interface a modem interface Bline printer dot matrix printer ink-jet printer laser printer. D

is non-volatile B


C CRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays none of the previous B

multitasking none of the previous A

none of the previous DALU Registers Variables Logic Bus Bbrochures magazines CD-ROM e-mail D

multitasking an operating system none of the above C multitasking multiprogramming multiuser none of the previous C

a form of ROM a form of VRAM none of the previous D

multiuser D







More than 1000 mega bytes

a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registers


secondary storage capacity





use variable size instructions

Power is switched off



is faster to access than RAM

stores more information than RAM

is used for cache memory





has more storage capacity than an ATM card


contains a microprocessor

having several programs in RAM at the same time


having several softwares running at the same time




related to virtual reality

same as multitasking

same as multiprogramming

involves using more than one processor at the same time

save the file set up a password make a backup copy B

to print sheets of paper B Uses Cobol uses Java uses C++ none of the previous. D106 sec 103 sec 1012 sec 109 sec D

a keypad a mouse a frog a message pad B

C

A

Da cursor a scroll bar a light pen a magic marker A

Formula Algorithm Program Data B

Assembler Compiler Artificial Intelligence Parity Checker B

Memory protection Parity Checking Range checking Validation B

search each file in turn use the backup facility use find and replace ANetwork Program System Modem B

DMultiprocessing Time sharing Multiprogramming Multiplexing D

ROM RAM Floppy Disk Magnetic Disk BFirmware Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware C

Firmware Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware ASequential Hashed Indexed Random COperating System ALU CPU Primary Storage B

Blocks and Sectors Files and Tracks A

File, record, field Element, field, file C

Systems logs Parity check CSound card. CD-ROM MIDI interface Serial interface A

Text Pictures Sound Video DLaser Dot matrix Ink-jet Drum B

use a virus protection program

to calculate numbers

to read from or write information to a floppy disk

to display information or pictures on a screen




an instruction that has been transferred from memory.








the address of the next instruction to be executed






Tracks and Sectors

Schema and subschema

Character, field, database

Database, character, record

Valid character check

Maintenance diagnostic program

Areplaced regularly never updated updated regularly updated once a year C

Database Document processor Graphics package Spreadsheet D

make efficient use of time simplify file structures C512 1024 4096 8192 C

duplication of data virus infection loss of data DTCP/IP HTML IPX/SPX NetBEUI A

files can be shared Ba file name a subdirectory the root directory the hard drive D

up-line provider service uniform page source C

A

data. documents. information. text. A

None of the above A

To fill the log register It is mandatory in tally None of the bove A

speed up access allow encryption C

None of the above B

input. output. processing. All of the above D

None of the above A

enterprise local B

name the file identify the file identify the file type D

detective controls. corrective controls. Dexternal hashing static hashing dynamic hashing extensible hashing A

A: (a) , (b), (d) B: (a) to (d) C: (a), (b), (c) D: (b), (c), (d) Ccorrective controls preventive controls detective controls general controls C

Component Interface Settings Control B




recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer queries.

get into the system quickly

retain confidentiality of files

loss of confidentiality


printer can do 1000s of pages a day


universal port serial

uninterruptable power supply









assist in maintenance

prevent unauthorised access

senior executive support for IT.


IT understands the business




specialist or functional

Application Service Provider

ensure the filename is not lost

preventive controls.

All of the above are parts of IS controls.

(a), (c), (d) (b), (c), (d) (a) to (d) (a), (b), (c) C

C

C

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) Cdetective controls organisational controls preventive controls corrective controls C

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) C

problem logging call lights resolution procedures Cunit testing data testing thread testing loop testing A

(b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) D

benchmark testing specifications matching parallel operations system walkthroughs B

Multiplexer. Peripheral processors. Concentrator. Job control language. D(a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a), (c), (d) A

B

interface design procedural design data design AClient-server Client Computer network Hub CStar Bus Mesh Ring AStar Bus Ring All of the above D

B

Direct Sequential Binary Indexed B

Computer operations. C

C

Parity errors will result C

Data path part Control Unit Address calculation part Input output channel A

Local Area network Wide area network Protocol B




Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.

Create the files again.

Ask the person next to you.

Use the Find or Search feature.

Put your hand up and ask the teacher

program change requests





architectural design








A sequential file on a disk

A sequential file on a tape

A direct access file on a disk

A direct access file on a tape

Tapes can only be read by the machine on which they are written


Data record can never be blocked together

Distributed systems

D

Mixer Modem Multiplexor C

Packs data in a disk file A

Planetary network Ring Network Loop Network Star Network D

Office Automation Executor systems Electronic mailing Instant post-office C

An intelligent workstation A personal computer A mainframe PC B

Encryption algorithms Parity checks All of them C

Type of cable Terminal Standard Communication protocol D

None of the above B

None of the above DCRC Baudot ASCII EBCDIC A

None of the above A

Modem Demodulator C

Middle-level languages Low-level languages None of the above C

It is less error prone Uses only one path D

None of the above C

C

System Analysis Testing None of the above BFiber Optics Coaxial Cable Common carrier Telephone Lines C




Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data processing such as input validation

Time sharing computer


Aids in back-up procedures

Speeds up online printing

A dumb workstation

Time of day control locks

Device interconnect standard

A compiler does a conversion line by line as the program is run

A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one step







An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution

Frequency division multiplexor

Time Division Multiplexor

High-level languages

It is faster than parallel communication

It is less prone to attenuation

Financial sector and engineering







Specification and design

None of the above CA cache An interface A buffer An online protocol B

None of the above BStar Packet Ring Bus B10101010 1100101 1010101 None of the above CParity Retransmission Cyclic Redundancy Hash Count A15 4 64 None of the above APort Modem Multiplexor Acoustic coupler C327 141 97 None of the above B

Data warehouse Data Mining tools All of them B

memory capacity memory access time B30 255 256 None of the above Bbinary form ASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form A4C5 1B7 5C4 None of the above A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits B

Binary Coded Decimal Bit Code Design None of the above D1024 bits 1000 bytes 210 bits 210 bytes A10000 1112 1110 None of the above Abinary form ASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form AMouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad None of the above A

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte is the last bit in a byte B

Its moves like a mouse It has ears None of the above Dbits per second baud bytes Hertz DTouch screen Light pen Joystick None of the above CBPS MIPS MHz VLSI BPrinting letters Tracing diagrams Reading bar codes None of the above BOCR MICR barcode scanning voice recognition BTouch screen Hard disk CD-ROM drive None of the above A


Refillable ink Pencil lead None of the above C100K 1.44 Mb 5 Mb 1 Gb B

hardware software output input AMouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad Printer BTouch screen Light pen Joystick Scanner CPrinting letters Tracing Diagrams Reading Bar Codes Digital Signatures BTouch screen Hard disk Keyboard CD ROM Drive AMouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader Keyboard B







Data management systems



Basic Coding Description


Because it squeaks when moved




Light sensitive elements

Credit card Mouse Speakers Printer A

Printed output BColoured spots Pixels Pixies Pickers BPrinter Storage device Pointing device CD-ROM AMouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader None of the aboveCRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays none of the previous B

screen layout mouse button layout keyboard layout CMouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader None of the above Bhardware language interpreter software interface an operating system CCredit card Speakers Smart card None of the above A

multitasking none of the previous A


multitasking an operating system none of the above C

Amultitasking multiprogramming Multi-user none of the previous AVishwajeet Deep Blue Param Arjun C

is caused by wear caused by overuse none of the previous C

B

a fast interpreter slower than an interpreter none of the previous CDrum Printer Dot - Matrix Printer Desk - jet Printer Thermal Printer Aencrypting it decrypting it compressing it transmitting it C

None of above B

Thermal Paper An ink pen D

LAN technology WAN technology Unix operating system B10-6 sec 10-3 sec 10-12 sec 10-9 sec D

C

System feasibility report Capacity Planning Exception reporting C

Limit checks Control figures External file labels Cross footing tests Carray. constant. function. formula. C

DACL IDEA High End CAATs All of the above D

Writing on a hard board


Back-up on a Cartridge







To run more than one program at the same time

First - generation computers.

Second - generation computers.

Third - generation computers.









Vital information resource under siege

Virtual information reader & user system

Electrically charged ink


mainframe technology





Contingency Planning

Wide access to various data base




None of the above A

All of the above DMacros Action Procedures Event Procedures General Procedures Dclipboard file field layout Bsearch sort field names record grab D

C

A collection of files Bremote DBMS relative DBMS Relational DBMS Reliable DBMS C

backing up data regularly is related to data mining C

Key verification Computer matching D

None of the above C

None of the above B

None of the above A

Using queries None of the above C

None of the above C

IDENTITY columns CCHANGE TABLE MODIFY TABLE ALTER TABLE UPDATE TABLE Cremote DBMS relative DBMS Relational DBMS Reliable DBMS C

C

Number Description Component Source D

using a password keeping a backup copy A

the product code the primary key mail merge e-mail CA database Graphics browser e-mail Abookmarks operators wildcards engines CAuto Primary Auto ID AutoNumber Auto Key C

A sample of transactions



Tests of details of transactions













Database access controls


















storing data offline at a separate site backing up data regularly





B

foreign key. main form and a subform. A

B

One-to-one One-to-many Many-to-many Many-to-one B

EmployeeID CompanyID EmployeeLastName CompanyAddress A

Referential integrity The join line B

B

C

They cannot be text fields D

D

D

C

# M ¥ * C

Neither table C

prompt, icon, title bar text. BDim CreateList. Sub CreateList. CreateList. Sub. B
















Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbar

That there are several customers associated with that ID









The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are deleted from the Loans table.





The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.

A one-to-many relationship between teams and players




Either table at any time






C

does not have to be set. C

store data in tables. Adata. relationships. metadata. all of the above Dfacts. figures. information. a and b D

a or b A

None of above B

C

BJet SQL Server Oracle a and b D

The user The database application All of the above. D

None of above All of above Acreates queries creates form creates reports b and c D

the user the database application the database B

All of the above. Cholds user data holds metadata holds indexes All of the above. Dtables metadata stored procedures All of the above. D

from existing data a and b A

a and b B

from existing data a and b C

data marts normalization data models A

data marts normalization data models B

data marts normalization data models D

data marts normalization data migration D

























The database management system (DBMS)

the database application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS

















file managers hierarchical models network models relational data model A

Ctable relation row field Drecord field key tuple C

record field composite key foreign key Crecord field foreign key candidate key D

composite key primary key foreign key surrogate key B

Insertion anomaly Update anomaly Deletion anomaly All of above D

A

B

Nonintegrated data None of the above A

dirty data inconsistent data nonintegrated data B

dirty data inconsistent data nonintegrated data D

b and c CForm Table Report Query AForms and reports Queries and tables Macros Spreadsheets D

B

C

Import Link Merge Join A








move the data into the new database

are supplied by several well-established manufacturers



are not true DBMS products

They use sophisticated mathematical techniques.








It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables in another.


Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the tables when the application is upgraded.

The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the objects in another database.

An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to yet another database containing only tables.

All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same database.

An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be changed without disturbing the existing data.

It contains macros C

Menu Wizard Build Menu Interface Design Wizard Switchboard Manager D

C

Decryption Cipher Encryption Cryptography C

D

Not intercepted en route. A

A

Collision. Data entry errors. Firewall vulnerability. DError checking Data Integration Low cost of operation Quality management B

Corporate espionage Industrial espionage Economic espionage C

Research data B

None of above C

Replying promptly Keeping messages short Including the Subject Using all capital letters D

C

A dark wide border A dotted border No border A blinking border A

8,16,32 2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10 D

either b or c C

speed of calculation cost of initial set-up D

word processing graphical database spreadsheet D








Using data encryption.

Performing validity checks.

Conducting fraud-awareness training.

Reviewing the systems-access log.

Unaltered in transmission.

Received by the intended recipient.

Sent to the correct address.

Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will work.

The private key cannot be broken into fragments and distributed to the receiver.

The private key is used by the sender for encryption but not by the receiver for decryption.

The private key is used by the receiver for decryption but not by the sender for encryption.

Failure of server duplicating function.

Competitive espionage

A list of competitor’s clients

Contact numbers of the management group

A competitor’s new project


multi-user database application


Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the confidentiality of data is the primary risk.

Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in other information systems.

Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption performed by software.

Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at that level will be identified by the service provider.

your formula has a syntax error

the row is too short to show the number at the current font size

the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the number

ability to generate tables

flexibility of moving entries

Range Address Gap Rows AProducing graphs Writing letters Drawing pictures Document filing A

click the column label CENTER CTRL + ENTER TAB INSERT Aarray. function. constant. formula. B100 (201)555-1212. #VALUE! Tom McKenzie. CCell references Functions Numeric constants Text constants D^ / * \ D

B5*B6 C3/D4 D4^2 CE12 6 SUM(H9:H11) G7*SUM(H9:H11) B

It is blinking. A

C

The Formatting toolbar B

CFile Edit View Window A

Preview Details List Properties BInsert Delete Both Insert and Delete Clear CClear Delete Both Clear and Delete Remove B

Headers and footers Fonts Margins COptions Page Setup View Edit Bworksheet. range. group. cell group. B6 D12, G25 D12:G25 D Ccopy range. destination range. clipboard. source range. Dpaste range. destination range. clipboard. source range. B

The Copy command The Paste command Dabsolute relative mixed constant AB4 $B4 B$4 $B$4 D

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! B

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! C

The Cut command The Paste command D

edit cells. Cthe Fill Handle the Format Painter the Formatting toolbar Conditional formatting B

double-click any cell in the column

drag from the top cell in the column to the last cell in the column

click the column heading

It is impossible to determine.

It is surrounded by a heavy border.

It is displayed in reverse video.

The phrase “active cell” appears in the Status bar.

By clicking in a different cell

By using the arrow keys to move to a different cell

By either clicking in a different cell or using the arrow keys to move to a different cell

By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula bar

The Standard toolbar

The Cell Format command on the Edit menu

The Font Size command on the Tools menu.

the New command on the File menu.

the Save command on the File menu.

the Save As command on the File menu.

the File Type command on the File menu.

Orientation (portrait or landscape)

The Duplicate command

Both the Copy and Paste commands

The Move command

Both the Cut and Paste commands

copy and paste cells.

cycle through absolute, relative, and mixed cell references.

cycle through open applications.

B

the cell address. the value in the cell D

text with a four-digit year. an integer. C

Jul-30 Aug-31 29/03/2008 B

Athe F4 key. the F2 key. the Esc key. the F1 key. B

03-Apr 0.75 C

a variable. a constant. D

B1-G10 B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10 D

AVERAGE COUNT MAX SUM C Combination Line Pie Scatter C

D

hold down the SHIFT key hold down the ALT key A

Use tables Create four separate files Use multiple sheets D

Paste Fill Down Fill Right Paste Special B

Tools | Sort Data | Sort Edit | Data | Sort none of the choices BAnalyse data Calculate data Create forms None of the above C

Dproducing graphs writing letters drawing pictures None of the above A

(D4+C2)*B2 D4+C2*B2 #VALUE! =(B2*(D4+C2) C

0 =A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM REF! None of the above B

Select the Insert Hyperlink command from the File menu.

Click the Insert Hyperlink button on the Standard toolbar.

Right-click a cell and click the Edit Hyperlink command.

Double-click a cell and click the Insert Hyperlink command.

whether the cell has a formula or a value in it.

whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference.

text with a two-digit year.

text with either a two-digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.

It is impossible to determine from the information given.

subtracting the earlier date from the later one.

adding the earlier date to the later one.

subtracting the later date from the earlier one.

adding the later date to the earlier one.

March 4 of the current year

Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formatting

a cell on a worksheet.

either a cell on a worksheet or a variable.

Once a bar chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a column chart.

Once a column chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a bar chart.

Once a pie chart has been chosen it cannot be changed to line chart.

Once a line chart has been chosen it can be changed to a pie chart.

hold down the CTRL key

hold down CTRL + SHIFT

Transfer information to a database

click the Print button

press the PRINT SCREEN key

select Print selection on Page Setup | Sheet and then print

select Print selection in the Print dialog and then print

portrait landscape whatever was last used vertical AAD213 ZA1 A0 None of the above C

B

Bandwidth Speed Size Channel A

Find Save Browse Retrieve C

Photography Digital Signature Cryptography Message Digest C

Key Lock Hash Function Formula A

User-id Password Name Address BPenetration Retrieval Cryptography Password Cracker A

Acts Regulations Address Protocols DSpoofing Imposting Unauthorising Approving ALoss Threat Exposure Hacking B

Income - tax authorities Judge of a civil court BUtility Pirated software Virus Cracker CTim Berner Lee Hoffman Charles Bubbage Howard Aiken AEtrade.com Amazon .com Dell .com Msn .com B

Any Time Money None of above C

Acts Regulations Address Protocols CRouter Gateway Port Pin B

LAN WAN CAN PAN A

hypertext tracing program C

Network Interface card New Information Card None of the above BOnly Computers Can not computers Only printers None of the above D

All of Above B

Two or more networks Bridges and Hubs Hubs and nodes Bbits frames Packets None of the above Cfirewall gateway router virus checker A

One Two Four None of the above CPhysical Layer Data-Link Layer Network Layer All of the above D

RG7U Coaxial cable Fiber Twisted pair BPhysical address Logical address A memory address None of the above B

A cable Hub Router None of the above B

storing data on a disk drive

sending information to a host computer

storing data on the hard drive

receiving information from a host computer

Sales - tax authorities

Police officer of IPS rank.

Automated Tailor Machine

Asynchronous Transmission mode

hyper terminal tracing program

hypertext transfer protocol

hypertext tracing protocol

National Informatics Center

Concentrates connectivity

Combines connectivity of a hub with the traffic regulation of a bridge

Switches data from incoming ports to outgoing ports.

Bridges and Repeaters.

None of the above B

Wired Technology Ultra violet technology None of the above APhysical Layer Data Link Layer Network Layer All of the above DBinary ASCII Octal None of the above A48 Bits 48 Bytes 48 KB 48 MB A

B

Novell PC Client Server Network PC C

There isn't one B

Physiology Topology Both A and B None of the above BBus Star Ring All of above DLinear Parallel Both A and B None AParallel Circular Linear Both A and B B

Ring Bus Star Mesh C

Ring Bus Star Mesh BStar Bus Linear Ring C

Ring Bus Star Mesh ANetwork Layer Transport Layer Physical Layer Data Link Layer D

Bbps kbps mbps mips Bbps Kbps Mbps Mips C

CCD-ROM drive a modem Windows 95 Netscape B

must use electronic mail All of the above A

uniform resource locator C

used to control a printer DCD-ROM drive a modem Windows package Netscape BLinux Novell Netware Windows NT None of the above C

the Internet none of the previous A

Data return to the sender

It gets destroyed bit by bit.

It continue on to target device with corrupt data

Wireless technology

software that facilitates connection to the internet

a list of rules for transferring data over a network

software that allows file copying

a gateway calling program for internet bridging

If one node goes down, it brings down the entire ring

If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on that section

If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on all of the rings

Ethernet, token ring, DecNET

Ethernet, token ring, FDDI

Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI

Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet

usually higher than LAN speeds

measured in bytes per second

depend on the transmission medium

limited by modem speeds

must use the World Wide Web

must have a LAN account

key gateway interface

common gateway interface

application protocol interface

a Novell Interface Controller

interfaces a modem to a computer

connects a computer to a network

have to do with compression of graphics and video

have to do with Web pages

must use electronic mail A Printer modem bridge none of the previous D

is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit make of processor A

used to browse the Web is part of Netscape D

is part of Netscape None of the above D

a form of virus none of the previous D a backup server an email server a poor file server none D

hardware IR system for the Internet browser none of the previous Cscanner CD-ROM clip-art file search engine D

is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit make of processor A

used to send email used to browse the Web is part of Netscape D

used to send email uses telephone lines is part of Netscape D

C

A

Password cracking System intrusion Denial of Service Port sniffing C

a form of virus a screen saver program none of the previous D

IP flood UDP flood Ahack packet flood traffic C

firewall router switch hub Ba backup server an email server a poor file server none of the above D

Update virus definitions C

B

Use of identifiers Use of passwords D



use appropriate communications software

provides access to the Internet

used to send email

is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers

used to send email

uses wireless communication medium

used to protect a computer room from fires and floods

a screen saver program



is a protocol that allows for remote login

The layers cannot communicate with one another.

Any layer can communicate directly with any other layer.

Any layer can communicate only with the layer directly above or below it.

Any layer can communicate only with the layer above it.

It is one large network.

It is made up of many networks connected into transmission lines called backbones.

It works the same way as a local network.

Individual computers can connect to it using an ISP.


Flood a Web server with requests

Virus that initiates a ping flood

Apply security patches

Backup data on a daily basis

Limit logging on access

All sites are safe and reliable.

There are safe and unsafe sites.

Only large name-recognizable sites are safe.

ActiveX-enabled sites are safe.

Use of logical access methods

Use of encryption methods

through an FTP port. B

Phone E-mail Web traffic Application updates DA Trojan horse Adware A worm Spyware D

Modems Protocols Multiplexors LAN B

C

D

Economic damage D

D

D

DPeople Search Yahoo People Search USA People Search Lycos Search B

Name of your bank Date of birth Personal assets Criminal records AVirus Fraud Adware Spyware B

buy stocks. invest without risk. D

Shill bidding Phishing Siphoning Hoaxing BInternet stalking. cyber stalking. virtual stalking. Web stalking. Bpop-ups. cookies. spam. viruses. B

Use a proxy server. B

Encryption Physical Security controls BI only II only Both I & II Neither I or II Circ ftp www telnet C

Verifies integrity of files Increases boot up time B

HTML Internet Explorer Microsoft Excel B

Web query. HTML document. Web browser. B

.co in used for company None of the above A

by attaching to an e-mail.

by attaching itself to a document.

by scanning the computer for a connection.

cookies and Trojan horses.

Trojan horses and key loggers.

cookies and key loggers.

key loggers and worms.

An attack on a system for personal gain

An attack with the purpose of gaining publicity

Giving out disinformation

Changing the content of a Web page

Disruption in communication

Disruption in supply lines

All of the above are correct.

Crashing the stock market, as in the 1930s

Shutdown of military security systems

Contaminating water systems

Shutdown of nuclear plant safety systems

To carry more network capacity

To improve network services

To improve system response time

To obtain an accurate inventory of network related equipment and parts and network nodes

set its prices very high

limit access to computer owners only

stop its competitors seeing their prices

update its prices as soon as they are changed

purchase off-shore property.

make large amounts of money by parking funds in their bank account.

Use a fake e-mail address.

Never use your real identity.

Use anti-spyware software.

Message sequence number checking

Logical access controls

Adds more bytes to programs

Misleads a program recompilation

both HTML and Internet Explorer

round trip HTML document.

.com is used for company

.con is used for companies

round trip HTML. HTML. one way HTML. CXML. HTML. DHTML. MHTML D

B

C

the Update command A

Hyperlink Screensaver Sound Video C BMP GIF JPEG TIFF C

Cextranet. intranet. privileged network. network topology A an attachment. a signature. a footer. an encryption. BVoIP IPT IPP PoIP A

AModem CD-ROM Telephone line None of the above B

File Transfer Protocol None of the above B

None of the above A193.1.2.3 45.1.1.1 143.215.12.19 None of the above D

[email protected] paul.domain.uk None of the above B

Scientists in Switzerland No-one None of the above C

None of the above A

It will be deleted None of the above A

None of the above C

High volumes of email None of the above C

Utility Programs Operating system C

Copied from the disk Saved to the disk None of above A

the World Wide Web Consortium

using Internet Explorer to view a Web page that is stored on the hard drive on your computer

updating the values that are obtained through a Web query

clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your computer

viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.

Click on the Back arrow until the desired site is found

Click on ‘Go to’ or ‘Search’ in the browser

Go to the History page and look for the site

Go to the Bookmarks or Favorites page

the Refresh command

the Insert Hyperlink command

the External Data command

Save it to a floppy disk.

Write it down on a piece of paper.

Add it to ‘Favourites’ or ‘Bookmarks’.

Cut and paste it to a word processor document.

Desktop client, application, and database.

Desktop client, software, and hardware.

Desktop server, application, and database.

Desktop server, software, and hardware.

File Transfer Program

File Transmission Protocol

So computers can be referenced by a name

So IP addresses can be shorter

So email is delivered faster

paul .trigg @ domain. org. uk

The US government

Internet Relay Chat

International Relay of Characters

Internet Remote Conversations

It will be waiting for you to collect it

A letter will be sent to you in the post

Hyper Textual Mark-up Lingo

Hyperlink Text Marking Language

Hyper Text Mark-up Language

Receiving messages automatically from anyone in the group

People discussing a topic of interest globally

Application Software

Database management system

Deleted from the disk

Data bus Auto bus Address bus None of above AData bus Address bus Control bus None of above C

Parallel computers Super computers None of above ABPS MIPS MHz VLSI BOCR MICR barcode scanning voice recognition B

is caused by wear caused by overuse none of the previous B

a fast interpreter none of the previous B

none of the previous B encrypting it decrypting it compressing it transmitting it C an assembler a compiler an interpreter a linker Athe ALU the CU the power cord None of the above C

AFile List Box Dir List Box Drive List Box Combo Box A

memory overflow systems overload RAM overflow buffer overflow D

Netcop NetBrute Netcraft NetBIOS D

www.nettools.com www.WhoIs.com www.netcraft.com www.netstat.com C

code correct. patches. updates. upgrades. Bfirewalls switches hubs scanners A

It hides your network. B

B

Antivirus software Firewall Router C

antivirus software. A

cycle. renewal. age. history. D

D

C

Personal computers



converts a program to assembly code

faster than a compiler

translates and executes programs statement by statement


A runtime error can result if the user clicks the cancel button

A compile time error occurs

The program executes without any error

You need to carry out conditional compilation

It can consist of hardware, software, or both.

One of its techniques is packet filtering.

It is a barrier between your network and the rest of the Internet.

That any open applications be exited

Dependencies on other services

That you are not on the Internet

That you also shut down associated services

Intrusion-detection software

an intrusion-detection system.

a network prevention system.

a proxy filtering system.

Make sure all update and security patches are applied.

Install and keep current antivirus and anti-spyware programs.

Limit user’s ability to configure the workstation.

Block all incoming traffic on a network.

Delete it from the system and use the guest account.

Delete it and change the built-in guest account to a power user account.

Disable it and create a nondescript user account with administrator rights.

Create another administrator account to confuse the hacker.

CTrojan horse Virus IP spoofing Spyware C

C

Files are missing Printing problems D

D

virus Trojan horse spyware buffer overflow DA virus A Trojan horse Spyware A buffer overflow C

Obtain cookies Check for open ports D

Download scanning File scanning Backup file scanning D

D

Cook Junior accountant Network administrator D

The Formatting toolbar Amultitasking. tiling. cascading. minimizing. A

A

shrinking multitasking minimizing cascading C

C

B

Tapes can be used over and over, and CDs should be kept forever.

Tapes and CDs can be thrown away in the trash.

Tapes should be melted and CDs broken.

Give them to a recycle shop.

place a router between your ISP and your system.

add spyware to your system.

download files from reliable Web sites.

hone your programming skills.

System acts abnormal

Problems with your wireless mouse

Update antivirus software.

Do not propagate hoax viruses.

Turn off the auto-launch in your e-mail client.

Never open an e-mail attachment unless you know what it is and who sent it.

Obtain system IP addresses

Obtain usernames and passwords

E-mail and attachment scanning

Use your browser’s security settings

Do not open attachments in unknown e-mails

Avoid “skins” and “toolbars” download

Use encryption software

Administrative assistant to the president

The Standard toolbar

The Open command on the Edit menu

The Save command on the File menu

the default file location of new files

whether the worksheet prints in landscape or portrait orientation

the number of windows you have open

the margins on the printed DOCUMENT

Click on any border and drag.

Click on any corner and drag.

Click on the title bar and drag.

You cannot move a floating toolbar.

right mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.

right mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.

left mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.

left mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.

A

proprietary software C

proprietary software. D

on-demand software. utility computing. utility software. B

best-cost provider software provider Web service provider D

Informational systems Office automation Apower outages. hardware failures. floods. All of the above. D

hot cold empty dormant BDelete Kill Nothing New C

D

the Line style the Line color D

Fill color Line color Line thickness D

C

entered by the user. C

Stacked column Pie chart Line chart B

D

B

Double click the chart. Click outside the chart. C

All documents are automatically saved with a default password.

The password is case-sensitive.

Once a document is protected by a password, it cannot be opened without that password.

Passwords can be up to only seven characters long.

public domain software.



public domain software.



on-demand computing.

application service provider

Operational systems

Structured query systems

text, graphics and email address.

text, hypertext and Power Point.

CD-ROM, digital camera and sound.

text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.

the Font and the text alignment

Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment

Fill color, Line color, and Line thickness

Excel is started so that you can create a chart.

A popup box prompts you for an existing Excel chart to insert.

Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.

The graph placeholder is deleted.

always taken from the first row of data in the datasheet.

always taken from the first column of data in the datasheet.

taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether the data series are in rows or columns.

Side-by-side column

Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart.

Click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar.

Pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.

Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar, or pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.

It automatically displays in Slide view.

Click the chart object, then click the View Datasheet button on the Standard toolbar.

Pull down the Edit menu, then select Object.

You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.

Single click the chart.

Change to Slide Sorter view.

D

The chart is deleted. A

The chart is deleted. D

D

Subtle Moderate Exciting D

Enter and exit Fly in from top or bottom CEnter Shift Alt Ctrl B

D

C

Clips Organization charts Text D

Paint program Draw program Filtering program Animation program A

Fly in From top Dissolve in D

BOLTP. OLAP. OLST. OLIP. B

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be linked to the PowerPoint presentation.

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be embedded in the PowerPoint presentation.

The datasheet is saved as a separate file.

The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).

The chart is selected.

The chart is doubled in size.

The application that created the chart is started.

The chart is selected.


Microsoft Graph will restart.

a slide one bullet item at a time.

bullet items one letter at a time.

bullet items one word at a time.

a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word at a time.

Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting

Both enter and exit, and fly in from top or bottom

Neither enter nor exit; neither fly in from top nor bottom

the way objects appear on a slide.

what objects do after they appear on a slide.

the way objects exit a slide.

Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do after they appear on a slide, and to the way objects exit a slide.

The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide.

The advanced timeline shows the duration of the effect applied to each object.

The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the duration of the effect applied to each object.

The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide, nor the duration of the effect applied to each object.

Clips, organization charts, and text

Fly in, From top, and Dissolve in

Once data is entered it cannot be changed.

Once data is entered it can be changed.

Data cannot be entered into Datasheet.

There is no such thing as a Datasheet.

B[Enter+A] [Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z] D

.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx BValidate Validation Check Audit A

On Error GoTo Inline On Error Stop D

UpdateControls PaintPicture Refresh Resize A

Cancel parameter to 0 A

Cancel parameter to 0 A1 2 3 None of the above D

D

None of the above A

None of the above B

AutoRedraw = False Refresh PaintPicture A

D

DFreeFile GetFileNum GetFile GetBytes ARetrieve Get GetProperty Value B

Open dialog box Windows explorer Input box DCaption Visible Multi-Line Font C

KeyUp and KeyDown DAscii Format Binary Format Input Mode Output mode B

ScaleLeft and ScaleTop x and y A

Property Get Property Assign Property Let Property Set C

Caption property ZOrder property AutoRedraw property CMin Max Value CurrentVal B

You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a diagram.

You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a diagram.

You cannot change the style of the connecting lines in an Organization chart.

You cannot change the color of the boxes in an Organization chart.

On Error GoTo linelabel On Error Resume Next

















AutoRedraw = True










Click and KeyPress

Click, KeyUp and KeyDown


CurrentX and CurrentY



Shell Substr SetAttr CStr A

Can be different at times None of the above B

None of the above C

The Open method The Exec method None of the above D

A critical message icon An exclamation icon None of the above Bstatement. variable. intrinsic constant. built-in procedure. C

B

Data can be entered. CUnload QueryUnload Deactivate Terminate C

press the tab key press the escape key just keep typing Dlayers and planes lines and spaces height and width rows and columns Dtab enter/return backspace/ delete shift B

grammar checker spell checker thesaurus outliner C

send pictures to a friend D

Print all From ___ To ____ Page setup Print preview BEnter Copy Retrieve Save Cclosing tabbing spacing sorting B

database graphing word processing spreadsheet C

To analyse figures Storing information None of the above Bsubscript annotation clip art clipboard C

To analyse figures Storing information Making Calculations B

C

C

None of the above BBrowser clip-art file microphone digital scanner D

None of the above C

Are one and the same




MyVar has not been declared

The ExecProcedure method

A warning query icon



InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement cannot.

MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function cannot.




press the return key













Designated area on the document

Mouse, printer and processing system keyboard?






Paste Replace Select all AutoCorrect B

Copy, then paste Cut, then paste Delete, then paste Insert, then paste A

C

D

D

A

B

Dictionary Grammar check Spell check Thesaurus A

A

Fields Tools Forms Insert CCheck boxes Toggle button Text fields A drop-down list B

C

None of the above C

To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions

To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions

To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making corrections

To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one another



A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the document.

Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document.

Through the Edit menu by choosing Track Changes command




The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any changes that were just made to the document.

The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version of the original and one version of any changes made to the document.
















Press tab. Press Return. Copy and paste. Insert page break. Dtext. graphics. forms. numbers. Cheader/footer. bibliography. find/search. macro. A

Copy button Paste button Format Painter button CFault Finding Bug Squashing Error Injecting Debugging DInsert Tools Format Edit C

A

changing the color. A

D

The number of columns D6 10 12 72 D

One Two Three Four B

C

A serif font at 20 points D

2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches D

6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point B

2½ inches. 2¾ inches. 3 inches. B

A

D



a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are uppercase.





underlining the text of the pull quote.

The reverse technique means to add dark text on a light background.


A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital letter.

A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in a newsletter or other document.











It depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.

impossible to determine.




Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the document.





Mainly text None of the above B

Thesaurus Spell Checker Grammar Checker Find and Replace B



q_id q_desc

AC1 The ------ key can be used to select an existing company from list of companies.

AC2

AC3

AC4 A created company's detail can be modified through keys

AC5

AC6 In tally,all masters have ________main options

AC7 In tally,to create a new column in balance sheet press _______

AC8

AC9

AC10 In tally,a group company is marked with an ______________

AC11

AC12 Tally allows to delete a ledger from --------- alteration mode.

AC13 --------------------- is/are useful for management in the decision making.

AC14 In tally,the group company must contain at least _____________ members

AC15 To cancel a vourcher entry in Tally, short-cut key is -----------

AC16 The accounting masters and inventory masters related to

AC17

AC18 In Tally, we press ------------, to print report .

AC19

AC20 In the Tally Software, the ------------ directory stores all data entered by the user.

AC21 The Ledger Accounts are unique in Financial Accounting Packages

AC22

AC23 In Tally, we can customize the Vouchers as per our requirements

AC24 The number of steps in Accounts Compilation are

AC25 Each action/transaction of a firm is described by a ----------------.

AC26 Tally is based on mercantile accounting system

Import and Export of data between Tally and other programs is possible only through ---------- Program.The re-order point is the inventory quantity that trigger a stock replishment activity.

A/An ------------- is the official notice that the firm sends to its customers to advise then to the amount of money that is owed.

In tally,the use of group behaves like a sub-ledger, option is that we can summarize many ledger accounts into one line statementsIn tally, we can alter ledger details using either single or multiple modes but not alble to delete a ledger from multiple modes.

The systems that work together to order,receive, and pay for replenishment of stock are ---------------

We press ------------- function key to display the age-wise analysis of Bills Receivable or Bills Payable report

In Tally, Types of Accounts and Types of Vouchers passed during the period, can be seen in ------------- report.

Customers can be permitted to enter their own data into the firm’s computer using the firm’s wide area network is an example of

AC27 Ctrl + N is used to -----------

AC28

AC29 Revenue Account also known as -------------- Account

AC30 Method of Voucher Numbering is/are

AC31 Accounts Receivable are displayed in

AC32 To assemble a product from different items -------------- entry is used

AC33

AC34 Tally provides at least --------- predefined voucher formats

AC35

AC36

AC37

AC38 Default Cost Category in Tally is/are --------------

AC39

AC40 A ----------- is a primary document for recording all financial transactions.

AC41 The field can have a value between ________________ in FA Package.

AC42

AC43 It is necessary to manipulate data to transform it into ----------------

AC44 In tally, to change the date of the voucher press ______

AC45 Tally can maintain budgets on ----------------

AC46 The value of the inventory is included as an asset on the balance sheet

AC47

AC48

AC49 What is the default financial year in Tally6.3 _________________

AC50 Tally encrypts and stores TALLY DATA at the data directory

AC51 The Profit & Loss statement can be displayed in ---------------- format(s).

AC52 Default ledger accounts in tally are ______

AC53 Default 'godown' name in tally is ____________

------------- in Tally classify the accounts under different heads so that summarised information is possible.

A --------- purchase orders data flow is directed to the purchasing system for use in closing out the outstanding purchase orders in the receiving system diagram.

The value of the inventory is included in a ledger accounts as an asset on the balance sheet" The buyers can follow up with the suppliers to determine the reasons " is an example of -----------------From voucher entry mode , if we press __________ then we get payment voucher in tally

A Group Company is simply a name and an identify given to the merged accounts member companies of the group.

The _______ file maintains data that describes the supplier past transaction with the firm in terms of material quality in AIS

In ratio analysis report of Tally FA packagewe we press ________________ function key to the display of bills receivable , bills payables reportThe accounts payable system is responsible for paying the suppliers for the -----------------

AC54 'Tally vault' is a _________________

AC55 To create a sales voucher in tally , you have to press _______

AC56

AC57 In tally,"credit note" voucher type records entry for ________________

AC58 In tally you get currency symbol option from _______ menu

AC59

AC60 For 'stock journal' entry we press ______________ in tally

AC61

AC62 In tally, types of users are _______________

AC63

AC64 Projected approximation of income or expenses is called ______________ .

AC65 "Administrator" type user is also called 'Auditor' of a company in Tally

AC66

AC67 A constituent(member) company can be a member of more than one group.

AC68 Default stock category in tally is ______

AC69

AC70 In Tally,inventory valuation method option is available from _______

AC71 Tally audit feature is available in a company __________________

AC72

AC73 Default number of groups in tally are ________

AC74 During voucher entry ------------- are used.

AC75 User designated as --------------- can view audit list.

AC76 Tally supports Importing of data from ----------------

AC77

AC78



A Group Company is ------------------------- given to the merged accounts of member companies of the group.

------------------ gives the balance for each day for the voucher type has been selected.

Tally provides the capability to the administrator/auditor to track changes in the areas is/are

By pressing -------- key, a list of inventory reports can be displayed straightaway from the balace sheet report

You will get company information , if you press __________ from gateway of tally

To create a log of the import activity in a file _____________ is located in the same directory as an executable program in tally

In tally, a group company can also be a constituent(member) of another group company

In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:

BC3 Which of the following is not the component of a CPU

BC4


BC6 What do the abbreviations VAB stand for

BC7

BC8

BC9 Header label normally include all the following except the

BC10 A daisy wheel is a type of...?

BC11


BC13 The best security control in a microcomputer environment is to

BC14 What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter?

BC15 What do you need for an ink jet printer?

BC16 The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of

BC17 What do you need for an ink jet printer?

BC18 A laser printer does NOT use?

BC19 The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...?

BC20 You can ________ protect a floppy disk.

BC21 Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...?

CA1 Using generalized audit software packages can add a lot of value _______

CA2 _______ is used for CAAT as database

CA3

CA4

BC22 Magnetic tape is a...?

BC23 Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...?

BC24 Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb?

BC25 Which storage device cannot be erased?


What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tapeWhat are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?

Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers

Generalized audit software perform auditors to undertake any past records and not concurrent auditingGeneralized audit software is a file whose capabilities for verifying processing is logic

BC26 You can ________ protect a floppy disk

BC27 Where should floppy disks be stored?

BC28 The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?

BC29 What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions?

BC30 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?

BC31 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?

BC32 How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?

BC33 What type of computer chips are said to be volatile?

BC34 Magnetic tape is a...?

BC35 Software can be divided into two areas:

BC36 Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights

BC37 Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?

BC38 Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...?

BC39 Which generation of computer was developed from microchips?

BC40 Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor?

BC41 Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits?

BC42 Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?

BC43 Name three steps involved in developing an information system

CA5

CA6

CA7

CA8

CA9 Concurrent use auditors as the member of the system

CA10 Regular cross system verification may minimize frauds

CA11

CA12

CA13 The first step for developing CAAT is_________

CAAT's are computer program and data that auditor uses as part of the audit procedures to process data if audit significance contained in an entity information systemCAAT do not contains package programs, purpose written program, utility programs or system management programsEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later user by the auditorSCARF involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring

Computer security is frequently associated with confidentiality, integrity and authenticationData reserve engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationship

CA14 Using the open database connectivity feature in ACL is ______________

CA15

CA16

CA17

CA18 Auditing with computer necessarily supports the

CA19 CAAT involves an Auditors' appreciation of __________

CA20

CA21

CA22 Important knowledge needed to begin planning the use of CAAT is _________

CA23

CA24 Computer operation controls are designed to provide ________________

CA25

CA26 A system could be _________

CA27 A system exhibits 'entropy'

CA28

CA29 Assembler language uses Mnemonic symbols

CA30

CA31

CA32 In batch processing, transactions are processed one after another

CA33

CA34

CA35

CA36 In OLRT the CPU should process the capability of program interruption

CA37 Time sharing system allow access to a CPU from remote terminals

CA38

CA39 DSS has the following components _________________

CA40 Master files contains current records for identification and summarizing

Computer Assisted Audited Technique involves the use of computers through "Black Box Approach"White Box Approach necessary involves expert knowledge on the part of AuditorThe transition from manual system to CIS environment bring dramatic changes including ________________

Widespread end use computing result in unlimited errors creeping into system going to accept handling, thereby increasing audit risksFor computerized auditing usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessity

The move towards paperless EDI would eliminate much of the traditional audit trail, radically changing the nature of audit evidence

Systems development control, apart from others, include authorization, approval, testing, implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification

Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitable for commercial application including audit work

Operating systems are devised to optimize the machine capabilities, the function include_______________General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operation

The use of computer assisted audit techniques is not gaining popularity not only ________________On-line processing refers to grouping of transaction and processing the same in one go from start to finishReal time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it relates

DSS is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structured problems

CA41

CA42 Master file configuration includes ____________

CA43

CA44 CAATS provide added value to the clients because _______________

CA45

CA46

CA47 File interrogation refers to the _____ of information from a file

CA48

CA49 RDBMS is structured to a series of 2 dimensional tables

CA50 SADB stands for ____________

CA51

CA52

CA53 Errors are correlated_________

CA54 Field check is exclusive to a field

CA55

CA56

CA57 Hierarchical code means _________

CA58

CA59 The contents of a field could determine _______ sign for a ______ field

CA60

CA61 Hash totals means meaningless totals

CA62

CA63

CA64

CA65 All input records in a batch are normally of different types

CA66 IDEA stands for _________________________________

CA67 A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master file

Transaction files contain relatively permanent records take product profile, customer profile, employee profile etc

______ is a file management software package that lets users and programmers organize data into files and then process those files

File volatility refers to the number of addition and deletions to the file in a given period of timeFile activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used and accessed in a given processing run:

One -to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogamous structure

Controls are present over many aspects of the computer system and its surrounding social environmentIn framed checking the data entry is checked against an expected picture or format

_________ law basically states that there is a specific probability of the first digit of a no. being 1,2,3 etcCheck digit is a group of nos. added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits in the code

The validation checks applied to a field depend on the field's logical inter relationships with other fields in the record

Batch is the process of ______ together _____ that bear some type of relationship to one another

With OLRT where interactive data entry is available, the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming dataControls are required for authorization to ensure data integrity and detect possible breaches in securityData from client application are not stored in the organization's database through auditables events and function

CA68

CA69

CA70

CA71

CA72 In systems testing, test involves_________________

CA73

CA74 Audit software is used by the auditor to _________

CA75

CA76

CA77 SAS stands for ______________

CA78 Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup data

CA79 Embedded code performs wide variety of audit task

CA80

CA81 Log analysis is a software used by auditor to detect virus

CA82

CA83 Mapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instructions

CA84 Mapping software has very objectives

CA85 Modeling is a variety of software which ________________

CA86 On line testing can be targeted for specific functions carried out by programs

CA87 Program code analysis involves _____________

CA88 __________ is a software of CAAT

CA89

CA90 Base case system evaluation includes____________

CA91

CA92

CA93

CA94 Black box testing is _______ based and white box testing is _______ based

A sequence check on the transaction or master files by an update program is not requiredWhenever monetary transactions are processed against master files, the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file recordInternal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storingFor small to medium sized systems, individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole-the testing strategy is referred to as ___________________

Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data

Core image comparison is a software used by the auditor to compare _______ version of a program with a secure ________ copyDatabase analyzer is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database

Core image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributed

On line testing techniques the auditor ______ data either _______ or fictitious in order to see that a specific program or sever edit test is doing its work

Snapshot is software which takes a picture of a file or data or a transaction passing though the system

While base testing forces on finding if there are any defective execution policies in a programBlack box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to beIn integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer files

CA95 Source code review means__________

CA96

CA97

CA98

CA99 JCL means_________________

CA100

CA101

CA102

CA103 Generalized audit software consists ___________

CA104 Specializes audit program may be___________

CA105

CA106 Generalized audit software function include____________

CA107

CA108

CA109

CA110 Which of the following is not the feature of GAPs

CA111 Which is the example of CAATs

CA112 In audit procedures, test data is

CA113 Which of the following is not the use of CAATs

CA114 Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?

DB1

DB2 MS access objects can be published in the web

DB3 In code-builder, got_focuse, click,dbl_click,enter are examples of _______

DB4 _______can be used to automate certain actions in response to events

DB5 In the macro sheet the macro is selected in the _____field

DB6 To build complex expressions_____is used

DB7

In formula in flow hypothesis the auditor should expand the extent of substantive tests to determine how the defects may impact the attainment of the program objectivesAll material application oriented events that occur within the boundary subsystem should be recorded in the accounting audit trailIn examination of audit trail the following data associated with an event may be ___________-

Audit should be periodically analyzed to detect any control weakness of the systemIn an accounting audit trail, intrusion detection system might monitor the amount of processor time consumed by the user to detect unusual deviation from the amount processor time requested by the user in the pastA sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining RAND() function

Generalised audit software could be used by the following in consistencies or significant fluctuations

In the file reorganization merging capabilities are needed in data from separate file is to be combined on a separate work fileAuditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purposeAuditors can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of __________________

_________ data type is generally used for fields assigned as primary keys in a table

The three list boxes present at the bottom of the expression builder are called_____

DB8

DB9 _______report can be created with minimum user input

DB10 _______layout of a form displays one record at a time

DB11

DB12 ______and_____are the two types of auto reports available

DB13 There are no wizards for creating a database in access

DB14 ______option from the insert menu option is chosen to add an embedded chart

DB15

DB16 _______is used to create a mailing label

DB17 ______header is present at the beginning of the report

DB18 ______is present at the bottom of each page in a report

DB19 In SQL, having clause is used for _________

DB20

DB21 ______can be used to create toolbars

DB22

DB23 _______window is used to write VB code in access application

DB24 Values for other tables, queries are maintained in look up fields data type

DB25 Visual Basic language is a _____ tool

DB26 ______ function is used to display a message box

DB27

DB28 OLE stands for_____

DB29 The application that supplies data in OLE is called an _________

DB30

DB31 _______is the file format that works on internet

DB32 ______ is used to convert any ms-access object into html format

DB33 _______ option in publish to web wizard produces a page that is static in nature

DB34

________option is selected from the view menu to create macros with conditions

The table or query name on which we are going to build our report is selected from the ____ dialogue box

In ms-access, while using SQL, references constraint is used for creating _______

______field is added to the macro sheet when we select grouping option from the view menu

_______query is used to add records from one or more tables into an existing table

Other ms-office applications can be accessed from ms-access using a concept called ________

If any change made on the object from the client side is reflected on the server then the object is said to be _____

_______query is used to create or change database objects in a current database

DB35 Currency fields express the amount in _________

DB36 _______is selected from the toolbar to add an OLE object

DB37

DB38 _______option from the file menu is selected to run 'publish to the web wizard'

DB39

DB40

DB41 Ms access is a ___________

DB42 A collection of data stored in different objects is known as a _________

DB43 A blank database can be created using __________

DB44 Text type data can be of _____ characters in ACCESS

DB45 ______is a datatype that assigns values automatically

DB46 Tables cannot be imported from other databases

DB47 If two tables having same values for the fields are joined it is called an ______

DB48

DB49

DB50 To see more than one record at a time in a form we use _______

DB51 In SQL, delete command is used to remove _________

DB52

DB53 Properties of the fields are managed by _____ in Dynaset

DB54 ______queries allows us to view data in row by column manner

DB55

DB56 Joining tables without any matching values in the fields is called ____________

DB57 Primary key uniquely identifies each record

DB58 Which of the following dialog box is/are used in the creation of form ________

DB59 _______ query wizards are used to generate summary calculations for a table

DB60

DB61 Forms that are included in other forms are called ______________

To display an OLE object in the form of an icon ____ option is selected from insert object dialogue box

_____page in an web application is used to navigate to the rest of the pages in the application______ is fired when an event is triggered is the concept based on a Visual Basic language

Duplication of records in a field won't be allowed if the fields are declared a________Changes from a master table can be reflected on to the child table by selecting _____option

In MS-Access, filter excluding selection will display only those record(s) which meet the criteria.

The type of queries that can update or delete record(s) in a table(s) are called __________

Properties of a form can be changed by selecting ______from view menu options

DB62

DB63 _______ form displays fields in a single horizontal row

DB64

DB65

DB66 In MS-Access, user may specify criteria for filter in form view using _________

DB67 ___wildcard character represents any single character

DB68 Records cannot be sorted by a primary key

DB69 A control without a data source is known as ___________

DB70

DB71 The collection of related data and objects is called a ____________

DB72 Which of the following is control types ____________

DB73 In MS-Access, the function that gives the current date is _____________

DB74 _____is a control that lists set of data

DB75 ______is a form that summarize large amount of data

DB76 ______allows to create a filter by typing the value in a data sheet

DB77 Wizards for toolbox controls are called a __________

DB78

DB79 Look up fields slow up data entry

DB80 ____is an access object that displays un-editable data

DB81

DB82 ______ represents data in a pictorial format

DB83 Changes of one table can be carried over to another related table

DB84 Hyperlinks are used to jump to any kind of information or data from a file

DB85 The memo field can have text upto_____ characters in length

DB86 In MS-Access, columnar layout can be used to view multiple records in a form

DB87 In MS-Access, alter command may be used in adding a primary key to a table

DB88

In MS-Access, while using form design view, for creating a command button for adding a new record, we should select the _______ category from the command button wizard

The process of arranging the data in a meaningful order is known as _________________ are used to select only some particular records from the table or any other database objects

Set of related option buttons, check boxes and toggle buttons is known as _____________

The wild card representation for any 5 letter word that starts with ram is ________________

_____option from the new object toolbar gives the easiest way of generating a report

Update query is used to add records from one or more tables to the end of an existing table

DB89 In ms-access, datasheet view is available in ___________

DB90 ______are used to jump to any kind of information from a datasheet or a form

DB91 Home page will always be present as a first page of an application

DB92 Make table queries create a new table from the records of another table

DB93

DB94

DB95 Data definition queries are used to create or change database objects

DB96 The attributes of a composite key are known as ________

DB97 OLE object is a data type in access

DB98 Data displayed in forms cannot be edited

DB99 A sub form is used to display one to many relationship between tables

DB100

DB101 In MS-Access long integer is a datatype

DB102

DB103 Sorting is applied to select only some particular records

DB104 Filter by form can be created from a forms shortcut menu

DB105 Advanced filter uses a filter similar to the query design window to create a filter

DB106 ? Wildcard character represents any number of characters

DB107 _________ of the following is/are a type of chart

DB108 A bound control is tied to a underlying query or table

DB109 A calculated control uses expression as a source of data

DB110 Text boxes cannot be bound controls

DB111 The default query invoked by ms-access is

DB112 A control can be bind to a record using row source property

DB113 List box is a control that offers a list of choices

DB114 If a table is joined to itself it is called a ________________

DB115 A picture box combines the activities of both a text box or a list box

In ms-access, to protect a database file from illegal access, we may set database password. The option of setting database password is available in _______ menuForeign key is a field that uniquely identifies each record and accept no null values

We can switch from datasheet view to form view by selecting view -> form view option

In MS-Access, while designing a table for a particular field, the Required parameter is set to yes. This validates the field as _______

DB116 Line is a tool box control

DB117 Text boxes can be part of a option group

DB118 _____ chart exists as a separate object

DB119 Filtering data is a way of arranging data in a meaning full order

DB120 Wild card characters are used for sorting records

DB121 Pivot tables are used to navigate to the other tables in a database

DB122 Reports are used to represent un-editable data

DB123 In MS -Access, the records in a table are sorted based on _________

DB124 Relationship is an association between _________

DB125 Summary options dialog box is used to summarize data

DB126

DB127 Charts can convert numerical data in a easily understandable format

DB128 Embedded charts exist separately

DB129 The chart which cannot exists as a separate entity are _______________

DB130

DB131 Page header is present at the beginning of each record

DB132 Detail section has a header and footer

DB133 A macro is performed only when the user initiates an event

DB134 The macro is selected from the action field of a macro sheet

DB135 A macro can be made to execute before the starting of a database

DB136

DB137

DB138

DB139 Macros can be used to add a menu to a database object

DB140 _____ header is a unique feature of reports

DB141 Chart can either be a form or a report

DB142

______ queries can be used to delete a group of records that meet some specific records

From ms - access, if we want to view the records stored in a table in ms - excel worksheet, we need to

In MS-Access. While appending records, the source and the target table must have similar structure and fieldsWe can add our own functions to the expression elements list box of the expression builder_______is the wildcard character which represents the presence of any number of characters

Group header will be present at the design view of a report even if the report is not grouped

DB143

DB144 Charts can be produced without the wizard

DB145 Macros can be used to create user defined error messages

DB146 Between and Not Between is ______ type of operators

DB147 The default data type of VB is integer

DB148 Visual Basic is based on __________

DB149

DB150 In access OLE objects cannot be linked

DB151 _____ section is present for each record in the report

DB152 A ________ sheet lists all the properties that pertain to the form or the controls

DB153 Textboxes can also be an example of unbound control

DB154 In MS-Access, we may design command buttons for navigating records

DB155 _______are forms that are included in other forms

DB156 _______ are used to represent our data in graphical format

DB157 A field with a _______ uniquely identifies each record

DB158 Large amount of data can be summarized using ______ tables

DB159

DB160 ______ control need not have a data source

DB161

DB162 MS access is a DBMS

DB163 A form can be bind to a record source using _____ property of the form

DB164 ______ forms displays field in single row

DB165 ______ forms are usually used for tables with one to many relationship

DB166 _______ control uses an expression as a source of control

DB167 _______ control is tied to field

DB168 _______is the form that can be created with minimum input from the user

DB169

We can change from the design view to the form view without being prompted for saving the changes made

_______is the name of the database object that displays data and can be used to edit data

_______ are employed to select only some particular records from a database object

______ control combines the functionality of both a text box and a drop down list

______option from the tool menu is selected for setting relationships between tables

DB170 ______,______and_____are the buttons belonging to the options group

DB171 _________allows us to create a filter from a field short cut menu

DB172

DB173 What term applies to a collection of related records in a database?

DB174



DB177 An RDBMS is a


DB179 Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing



DB182 What is a report?

DB183 What is the best way to analyse and change data

DB184 What are some popular office orientated software applications?

DB185

DB186 Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?

DB187 An RDBMS is a


DB189

DB190

DB191

DB192

DB193 The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as

DB194 Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?

DB195 Referential integrity ensures that the:

DB196 Tables are related to one another through a:

________is a database object which displays data but cannot be used to edit data

All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?

Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table?

You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application? This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential byIf the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically usingApplication software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would be

DB197 A foreign key is:

DB198

DB199

DB200

DB201

DB202

DB203 What is required of the fields that join two tables?

DB204

DB205

DB206

DB207

DB208

DB209 The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:

DB210 The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:

DB211 Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?

DB212 A text field:

DB213 The purpose of a database is to:

DB214 A database stores:

DB215 A database records:

DB216

DB217 A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________

DB218

DB219

DB220 Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?

DB221

DB222 In an enterprise-class database system ________ .

DB223 In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .

You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the reIn a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?

Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?

A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________

The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____

Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?

DB224

DB225 A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .

DB226 In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .

DB227 A database may contain _________________________ .

DB228

DB229

DB230

DB231

DB232

DB233

DB234

DB235 The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .

DB236 In a relation __________________________ .

DB237 An attribute is also known as a(n) .

DB238

DB239

DB240 A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .

DB241

DB242

DB243

DB244 Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.

DB245 Which of the following are true about data mining applications?

DB246

DB247

DB248 A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:

DB249 Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?

DB250 Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?

In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .

A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .

A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .

When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .

We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an exampleWe have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____

DB251

DB252 Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?

DB253

DB254 What makes a database an application?

DB255 What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?

DB256 The purpose of a data warehouse is to:

DS1

DS2

DS3

DS4

DS5 The Costs of Digital Signature consists mainly of the following

DS6 CA stands for ________________

DS7

DS8

DS9 ______________ enable web servers to operate in a secure mode.

DS10

DS11

DS12

DS13

DS14

DS15 CRL stands for

DS16

EC17

EC18

EC19

EC20

EC21



___________ means the result of applying to specific information certain specific technical processes.__________ is an algorithm which creates a digital representation or "fingerprint" in the form of a "hash result".__________ is of standard length which is usually much smaller than the message but nevertheless substantially unique to it.Digital Signature involves two processes. They are ___________ and __________.

A Digital Certificate is issued by a Certification Authority and is signed with the CA's Private KeyA Digital Certificate does contain Owner's Public Key, Owner's name, Expiration date of the Private Key, Serial number of the digital certificate

______________ are used by individuals when they exchange messages with other users or online services.______________ are on-line databases of certificates and other information available for retrieval and use in verifying digital signatures.Signing Writings serve the following general purposes______,_______,_______ and _______The most widely accepted format for Digital Certificate is defined by the CCITT X.509A certificate may prove to be unreliable, such as in situations where the subscriber misrepresents his identity to the certification authority

The prospective signer identified in the digital certificate holds the_________ and is called the ___________In EDI interface, the translation service receives _________ as incoming files from the communication serviceThe EDI standardisation for International Trade and Commerce is introduced by __________In EDI, the transmission files are composed of different sets of external format files which are grouped into multiple sets under the name of ________The ________________ are pre-paid credit cards that include an embedded cards________________ are another form of credit payment that lets customers use digital online cheques to pay Web merchants directly

EC22

EC23 The network based technology is/are ____________

EC24

EC25 Asymmetric cryptosystem is based on __________ and ____________

EC26 Value Added Network is an example of _________

EC27 The advertising strategies emerging in the on-line world are ____________

EC28

EC29 The ________ is a form of mail that is not targeted to a specific audience

EC30

EC31 The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is

EC32

EC33 What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?

EC34 An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______

EC35 Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?

EC36

EX1 The wizard that is used to import text files is_________________

EX2

EX3 Which of the following files could not be opened in excel _______________

EX4

EX5 The command to display the current date in a cell is _________________

EX6

EX7

EX8

EX9

EX10 The function that in used to join cell values together in a single cell ________

EX11

EX12 The wizard that is used to create and edit charts _______________

In Active advertisement, there are two types of models. They are _____ and ________

Decryption is a process employed for scrambling of plain text for web based transactions

The _________ model use direct mail, spot television or cable television, in active based advertisement.

The __________ model refers to information that is placed at a point where it will be noticed by customers in the course of other activities and does not require active search



The alphabet indicating the column followed by the row number is known an__________

In excel, the dates that are stored as sequential numbers known as ________________-

In excel, absolute references are represented by a ________ before the column and row addressesThe ________ can be used to select the function and assemble the arguments correctlySpecific parts of information required by functions to perform certain tasks are called as___________Which of the following do not belong to the formula category in excel environment__________

The function that is used to count all the values that meet specific criteria _________

EX13

EX14

EX15

EX16 The command that is used to apply a format automatically __________

EX17

EX18 A particular part of a work sheet can be printed by setting the _________

EX19 The process of finding or selecting information is known as ____________

EX20

IN9 The URL for encyclopedia Britannica is_________

IN10 _______ maps IP addresses with the domain names of the sites

IN11 Internet can be defined as _______

IN12 The most important service of the ______ is to manage traffic control

IN13

IN14 _______ is a program or a tool that helps in locating a file anywhere on the net

IN15 URL stands for ____________

IN16 IN an URL the word before the color refers to _______

IN17 A ______ always begins with a slash

IN18 Prodigy is run by IBM and ______

IN19 The World Wide Web is referred to shortly as the _______

IN20 Gopher and WAIS enables the user to ______

IN21 ______ is the program used to run CompuServe's regular services

IN22 Navigating through the menu of gopher is called moving around _______

IN23 The directories that come with built-in engines are yahoo,lycos and ______

IN24 To use the finger command,SLIP users must run a programme called______

IN25 The web maps are called _______

IN26 Directories consists of _______ levels

IN27 The _____ level gives the broadcast overview of the net

The function that is used to calculate the payment for specific loan terms ____________The function that is used to add together all values that meet specific criteria is known as ____________The __________ option present in the file menu options is used to specify major facts of the page to be printed

The ____________ makes the information in a worksheet meaningful and easy to understand

The option that is used to cancel the filter process for a specific column and display all the records is ________

_________is a program that displays information about a host connected to the net

IN28 The huge list of keywords from important items is called ______

IN29 The two types of search in veronica are _____ and ______

IN30 _______ searches by keywords

IN31 Mosaic displays links in color whereas _____ does not display links in color

IN32 ______ supports one button publish

IN33 SPY MOSAIC is distributed by_______

IN34 ______ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks

IN35 HTTP is the acronym for __________

IN36 ______is used to transfer and copy files over the internet

IN37 _____ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks

IN38 TCP/IP stands for ________________

IN39 Archie servers can be accessed in_______ different ways in internet

IN40

IN41 TIA stands for_____ in internet

IN42

IN43 HTTP stands for______

IN44 ________ is used to link pages in the world wide web

IN45 FAQ stands for ______

IN46

IN47

IN48 WSIRC stands for______

IN49 Two of the important browsers are_____ and_____

IN50 Lynx is a _______ programme that works with terminals

IN51 The huge list of keywords from important items is called an_____

IN52 VERONICA is an acronym for _______________

IN53 The first freenet is created at the_____ and is called______

IN54 ________ are defined as ways of communication amongst networks

_______is the computer on the internet that translates between the internet domain names and the internet numeric address

Service indicates the name of the ________ used to access data, present on the other end of the link.

The internet adapter is a programme that makes our connection act like a _____or a ____ accountThe step involved in Communicating between the web clients and servers is ______________

IN55 ______and_____ are web searching features

IN56 WINWAIS has two source lists namely____ and______

IN57 ________ is also called as WAIS manager

IN58 HTML stands for_____

IN59 The system of interlinked documents is known as_______

IN60

IN61 The information displayed on the web page includes______,_____ and_____

IN62 The web pages that represent online home of their author are called______

IN63 GNN stands for______

IN64 _____ is the most popular internet service

IN65 The online service offered by navigator gold 2.0 are _______ and_____

IN66 _______ is a program or a tool that helps us find a file anywhere on the net

IN67 The databases to enable keyword search using Lycos are a2z,_______

IN68 ______ is a large worldwide bulletin board service network

IN69 BABEL consists a glossary of _____

IN70

IN71 Yahoo,lycos,excite and webcrawlers are _____

IN72 GIF is the acronym for ____________

IN73 JPEG is the acronym for ___________

IN74 The Web aids users to explore the ________

IN75 The three most popular mailer are_____,_____ and______

IN76 The World Wide Web consists of _________

IN77

IN78

IN79 CGI is the _________ between web browsers and servers

IN80

IN81 A CGI program is usually called after a request made by the _________

The small programmes that create animation,multimedia,real-time games and multi user games are called______

Dictionaries,encyclopaedias,government and other references are found in ______

In Microsoft Internet Explorer, the color of the text can be specified using _________ attribute of the font tag.The interface that provides effective communication between the web browsers and servers is _________

CGI programs are invoked based on the information provided by the _________

IN82 URL stands for ________

IN83 A hyperlink can be on ___________

IN84 HTML was derived from _________

IN85 SGML is a _________

IN86 PINE stands for _____________

IN87

IN88 Web is a collection of ___________

IN89 IETF stands for ________

IN90 The two major browsers used to surf the Internet are ________,_______

IN91 Special characters allow browsers to display _________________

IN92 The keyword for providing links within or across documents is____________

IN93

IN94 The initial web pages present in a web site is the ________ page.

IN95 The image format supported by most browsers is________________.

IN96 The components of a URL are ___________

IN97

IN98 Which of the following is not supported by internet explorer _______________

IN99 CGI stands for ____________

IN100 Host name indicates the domain name of the web ________

IN101 The internet is also called as _______________

IN102 The internet is similar to _________________

IN103 The net drivers______ from one place to another

IN104 The net provides interesting services like______,______ and______

IN105

IN106 ________ is the ancestors of the internet

IN107 DARPA stands for _______________________________________________

IN108 The uuencode files start with a _______

The application that confirms whether a document is compliant to its DTD is _________

Stringing pages together using hypertext technology helps view pages _______________

The mail we send has a mailing address and most of them correspond to_____,_____ and

The windows internet software available are______,_______,________ and______

IN109 DARPA is broken into ________ and _______

IN110 NSFNET is the united states provides service to _____ and_____

IN111 HTML stands for ______________________________________

IN112

IN113

IN114 A computer that provides a service usable by other computers is called______

IN115

IN116 DTE stands for ____________________

IN117 The basic function of the ______ is transmitting the bits over a channel

IN118 The point to point channel network is also called as _____ and_____

IN119 Accessing files using FTP servers is called_____

IN120 The three most commonly used networks are______,______ and______

IN121 ________ is in between LAN and WAN

IN122 _____ can be owed by multiple organisation

IN123 Data is transmitted in the form of_____ signals

IN124 DTD stands for __________

IN125 Modem stands for __________________

IN126

IN127 ________ and______ are two basic ways of getting connected to the internet

IN128 SLIP stands for ________________

IN129 PPP stands for _____

IN130 Which of the following best describes uploading information?

IN131

IN132

DS17

DS18

DS19

The first international IP network connections were established in 1973 with _____ and_____A_____ is a set of computers interconnected by transmission paths to exchange information in internet

A_______ is the representation of physical connectivity of the computers in internet

______ is the process of the digital signals being converted into a form suitable for analog transmission

A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.A "recipient" of the certificate desiring to rely upon a Digital Signature created by the subscriber named in the certificate is called the ____________The Relying Party can use the ___________ listed in the certificate to verify that the digital signature was created with the corresponding _________Digital Signatures are used for a variety of Electronic Transactions like ________________________

DS20

DS21

DS22

DS23

DS24 "Hash Function" is used in both creating and verifying Digital Signature

DS25

DS26

DS27

DS28

DS29 _______ is known only to the signer and is used to create the digital signature.

DS30

DS31

DS32

DS33 A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:

DS34 What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?

DS35

EC1 The acronym for B2B is ___________

EC2

EC3

EC4

EC5

EC6

EC7 The ________ allow companies to bypass the need for costly printed catalogs

EC8

EC9 EDIFACT is an abbreviation of ________

EC10

EC11

To associate with a key pair with a prospective signer, a Certification Authority issues Digital CertificateDigital Signatures, if properly implemented and utilized offer promising solutions to the problems of Imposters, Message Integrity, __________ and _____________In, Digital Signature, _____________ perform the "ceremonial" function of alerting the signer to the fact that the signer is consummating a transaction with legal consequencesA Digital Signature must have the following attributes ________________ and _____________

___________ provides assurance of the origin or delivery of data in order to protect the sender against false denial by the recipient that the data has been received, or to protect the recipient against false denial by the sender that the data was sent.___________ serves the ceremonial and approval functions of a signature and establishes the sense of having legally consummated a transaction.________ is a branch of applied mathematics concerns itself with transforming messages into seemingly unintelligible forms and back again.The complementary keys of an asymmetric cryptosystem for Digital Signatures are arbitarily termed as _________, and ____________

_______ is ordinarily more widely known and is used by a relying party to verify the digital signature.____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?


The _____________ model is the least intrusive model but requires active search on the part of the customer__________ is / are a form of advertisement where people relate their experience with products and servicesThe _________ are software agents who communicate with the business merchants on behalf of the customersThe Pre-purchase preparation phase includes _______________ for a set of productsThe _________ phase includes customer service and support to address customer complaints , product returns and products defects

A ________________ is a basket on the Net that is used to place the items that are being purchased

The __________ allows for protocol conversion and communicates with the bank using the banks private network or the InternetIn Ecommerce, data extraction, transforming the data into transmittable form, transmitting the data and downloading the data are the operations employed in _________

EC12

EC13 E-cash means______________________

EC14

EC15 The small denomination digital tokens are called _________

EC16

EX21 There are _________ types of data tables

EX22

EX23 The wizard that is used to suggest hints for doing a task

EX24 In a chart Y-axis is known as_________

EX25 In a chart X-axis is known as_______________

EX26 _________ is a set of tables that describe each of the data series

EX27 ________ is used to differentiate one data series from another

EX28 The chart that contains only one data series is _________

EX29 The chart that holds the column chart is _________

EX30 The chart that display two or more data series on a surface is _________

EX31 The chart that is used to display discrete data

EX32 _________ are not allowed in a macro name

EX33 Which of the following tool cannot be used to view the excel web page_______

EX34 The wizard that used to build an interactive table from data existing on sheets

EX35 The chart that is used for displaying stock market information

EX36

EX37

EX38 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in __________

EX39 A pie chart can represent only one data series at a time

EX40

EX41 Which one of the following statements related to stock chart is NOT TRUE ?

EX42

The _________ commerce assists in integrating the customers and suppliers of the company directly into the organisation

E-commerce is a tool that addresses the desire of firms to cut services cost and improving the quality of goods. It is a definition of e-commerce from _________

The ____________ is the process of encoding information to prevent it from being read by unauthorized parties

The tables that allows the user to change or rearrange the data, summarize the data and evaluate the data using changing points of view is known as

In excel, the subtotal command also generates grand total after the last group subtotal_________In advanced filter , the criteria occupying multiple columns but more than one row, is considered as an ________ criteria.

The ______ generates a summarized report in tabular form in an interactive manner

The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?

EX43

EX44

EX45 A ___________ is an excel file where the user stores his data

EX46 Spreadsheets are useful for _______________

EX47 Which one of the following is NOT the component of the pivot table ?

EX48 Excel allows upto ______ levels of sorting

EX49 Filtering rearranges a list to display the required records

EX50 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in _____________

EX51

EX52

EX53

EX54

EX55 Which following function is used in subtotal option ?______________

EX56 A workbook consists of many ________

EX57 Which two of the following statements related to pivot table are TRUE ?

EX58 Which one of the following is NOT a What-if analysis tool ?

EX59 The _________ wizard separates contents in a cell into different cells

EX60 A spreadsheet is a grid of rows and columns and is called as a ________

EX61 Pick out the window that is not a form of excel ___________

EX62 On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…

EX63

EX64

EX65 Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?

EX66

EX67 The difference between the highest and the lowest values.

EX68 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX69 To select a column the easiest method is to …

Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?Which one of the following will be the tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet ?

The ______ generates a summarised report in tabular form in an interactive mannerWhich one of the following statements related to stacked bar chart is NOT TRUE ?The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?




EX70 If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents.

EX71

EX72 All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT:

EX73 Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?

EX74 Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel?

EX75

EX76 Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant?

EX77 How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?

EX78 How can you change the active cell?

EX79 Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?

EX80 The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:

EX81

EX82

EX83

EX84

EX85

EX86 Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet?

EX87 All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:

EX88 Which of the following is a valid cell range?

EX89 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the:

EX90 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:

EX91

EX92 A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known as

EX93 Which of the following is considered an absolute cell reference?

EX94

EX95

EX96

The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as

Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first?

The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?

Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?

Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?

EX97 The F4 key is used to:

EX98

EX99 Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?

EX100 Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:

EX101 If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:

EX102

EX103 The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:

EX104 The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:

EX105 What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it?

EX106 A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:

EX107

EX108

EX109 Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?

EX110 Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?

EX111

EX112

EX113

EX114

EX115 What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?

EX116

EX117 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX118

EX119 Which of the functions is not valid for performing addition

EX120 The default orientation for the printed page is _____.

EX121 Which is not a valid cell address?

IN1 The World Wide Web was devised by _________

IN2 The useful URL schemes are_____ and______

Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?


The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?

To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing thisWhat would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.

To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .


IN3 The other ways of getting connected to the net are_____

IN4 BBS stands for______

IN5 USENET is a BBS on ____ scale

IN6 WINSOCKS is expanded as______

IN7 IETF Level 2 HTML DTD supports graphical browsers like _______

IN8 The space used by Netscape to store the retrieved page is called______

IN133

IN134

IN135

IN136 The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system.

IN137

IN138 An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person.

IN139 An action or event that might prejudice security.

IN140

IN141 Malicious software.

IN142 None the person who is known as father of Internet

IN143 This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth.

IN144 When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for

IN145

IN146 The means of communicating between networks

IN147

IN148 The term HTTP stands for

IN149 A NIC is considered as

IN150 A hub is a device that can connect

IN151 Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?

IN152 What do routers connect?

IN153 What does a router route?

The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.



A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.


IN154 Software which prevents external access to a system is termed

IN155

IN156 Which of the following in an OSI layer

IN157

IN158 An IP address is a

IN159

IN160 What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiver

IN161 Bluetooth is

IN162 Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers?

IN163 The most preferred number system to represent a IP address is

IN164 A MAC address is of

IN165 Protocol is

IN166

IN167 What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology?

IN168

IN169 The principal topologies used with LANs are:

IN170 What are the various types of bus architecture?

IN171 What are the various types of ring architecture?

IN172

IN173

IN174 Which one of the following is NOT a network topology?

IN175

IN176 The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the:

IN177 What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?

IN178 Modem speeds are measured in

IN179 LAN speeds are measured in

IN180 WAN speeds are


When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?

To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them



In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channel


IN181 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of

IN182 To use the Internet, you

IN183

IN184 An NIC

IN185 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of

IN186 The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is

IN187 JPEG and MPEG

IN188 To use the Internet you

IN189 A multiplexer is a form of

IN190 An ISP

IN191 FTP is

IN192 Telnet

IN193 A firewall is

IN194 A proxy server is

IN195 A search engine is

IN196

IN197 An ISP

IN198 FTP is

IN199 Telnet

IN200 Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?

IN201 Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?

IN202

IN203 A firewall is

IN204

IN205

IN206

IN207 A proxy server is

The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:

To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a


Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.

IN208

IN209 What can be said about the safety of the Internet?

IN210

IN211 One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:

IN212

IN213

IN214

IN215 The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:

IN216

IN217 Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism?

IN218

IN219

IN220

IN221

IN222 Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?

IN223 Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet?

IN224 The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to:

IN225

IN226

IN227 Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:

IN228 What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?

IN229

IN230 Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-Software

IN231

IN232 The major advantage of the checksum program is when it

IN233 Which of the following is a Web browser?

IN234 A Web page is another name for -----------


To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is

Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called

Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?

Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradationA company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company canWhich of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?

The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:

Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications software

Which protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?

IN235

IN236 A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is:

IN237

IN238 Which of the following requires an Internet connection?

IN239

IN240 Which of the following is used to update a Web query?

IN241

IN242

IN243

IN244

IN245 A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is called

IN246 _________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.

IN247

IN248 Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet?

IN249 What does FTP stand for?

IN250 What is the purpose of DNS?

IN251 Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address?

IN252 Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?

IN253 The Internet is controlled by whom?

IN254 What does IRC stand for?

IN255 If you do not pick up your email for a week...?

IN256 What does HTML stand for?

IN257 What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?

PP1 In Powerpoint2000 ,the built-in professional design elements are

PP2

PP3

PP4


The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:


You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):


Selection handles are the 8 small ___________ that appear around the object, when an object is selectedThe _______ is an invisible matrix of vertical and horizontal lines that covers the entire slide workspace_______ are drop-down menus that appear when the right mouse button is clicked on the screen element

PP5

PP6 _______ is a motion picture or any animation file

VB11

VB12 In visual basic, the explorer view of a project is displayed in ___________

VB13

VB14 In visual basic, _______ is a method to convert a string into integer.

VB15

VB16 In visual basic, a timer event is only available in timer control.

VB17

VB18

VB19

VB20

VB21 In visual basic, the interval property of a timer control is given in ________

VB22

VB23 In visual basic, the properties of various controls can be set using __________

VB24

VB25

VB26

VB27

VB28

VB29 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,0,0) will generate _______ color

VB30 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,255,255) will generate _______ color

VB31 In visual basic, if a user uses a shortcut key ctrl+R _________ becomes visible.

VB32 In visual basic, if a user uses a function key F4 _________ becomes visible.

VB33

VB34 In visual basic, a form is a ________ object.

VB35 Microsoft visual basic is a Rapid Application Development tool.

________ and ______ have the ability to add a lot of visual impact into the PowerPoint presentation

In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the last record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______

In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the first record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______

In visual basic, in a shape control, a vb statement gives Shape1.Shape = 2. What type of shape should we get?

In visual basic, vbred or vbgreen or vbblue are the property values of a backcolor of any objectIn visual basic, _______ is a property of a textbox control to set a color of a text.In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is set to _______ to underline a textIn visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is used to change the size of text.

In visual basic, _______ property of listbox control counts the number of items in the list

In visual basic, vbinformation, vbcritical, vbexclaimation are the values of _______ in a messagebox function.In visual basic, ________ is a function which displays a message and it also allows the user to enter values in a form objectIn visual basic, using a data control, ________ is a recordset type which allows to add a new record and also to update existing record in a recordsourse objectIn visual basic, while closing a form _______ event of a form object is triggered earlier to terminate event.In visual basic, to give a backcolor or to bring in a picture to a command button can only be done if we set the style property to ______

In visual basic, when a textbox control receives the focus ________ event is triggered.

VB36

VB37 In visual basic, to display text on a label object _________ property is used

VB38

VB39

VB40 In visual basic, _______ keyword is used to declare a variable

VB41

VB42

VB43 Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?

VB44

VB45

VB46 How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?

VB47 A project group is a Project which:

VB48

VB49 How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?

VB50

VB51

VB52 What is the purpose of the Image List Control?

VB53

VB54 Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?

VB55

VB56 Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:

VB57 Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user?

VB58 In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:

VB59

VB60

VB61

VB62 Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?

In visual basic, when a form object appears on the screen _________ event is triggered.

In visual basic, _______ object is used to access the database and also to manage the data in the database.In visual basic, when a checkbox control is checked _______ property is automatically assigned with 1.

What is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control. Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?

The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button. To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:


The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen. You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?

Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file:

Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB?

Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called: Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object? In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:

VB63

VB64 The caption and the name properties of the command button:

VB65

VB66 Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?

VB67 The vb Critical symbol displays:

VB68 vbYesNo is an example of a(n):

VB69

VB70

VB71 Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?

PP7 The user can use ______ to remove the undesirable part of the image

PP8 The power presentation has a _____ for a set of compatible colors

PP9 The set three colors used for graphs and for secondary slide items is called as

PP10 There are ______ types of charts available in PowerPoint

PP11 _______ charts are useful while showing variations over a period of time

PP12 _______ are the individual pages of a presentation

PP13

PP14 Each individual piece of data in a series is called a/an

PP15 PowerPoint launches an OLE-compatible application called

PP16 When the user double-clicks on an organization chart object in PowerPoint

PP17 The _____ are used for selecting, editing and viewing objects in the chart

PP18 Manager box tool in organizational chart window is

PP19 The custom drawing tools are _______ by default

PP20 Click on the box tool ______ to draw three boxes

PP21 There are ____ default fields available in all boxes of the organizational chart

PP22 The _____ tool is used in the same way as we use a pen to draw a table

PP23 A/An _______ consists of smaller printed version of the slides

PP24 The size of the object can be changed using the ______ tool



The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?

A PIE Chart is a ____ diagram that depicts the relationship between a whole and its parts

PP25

PP26 ________ can be used to create charts as well as worksheets

PP27 PowerPoint can import text files that have been saved in ______ format

PP28 PowerPoint outlines can have _____ outline levels

PP29

PP30 The hidden slide is

PP31 ____ effect is used to introduce a slide during a slide show

PP32 A _____ is a special effect that determines how the objects appear on the slide

PP33 The notes page is formatted based on the

PP34 Pick the odd man out of the following

PP35

PP36 The default orientation for notes ,handouts and outlines is ____ orientation

PP37 Build effect is also called as ______

PP38 Graphics for web pages are automatically stored in ____ format

PP39 A _______ is used to jump to any slide in the presentation

PP40 The ______ language has been incorporated into PowerPoint

PP41 In PowerPoint _____ is a series of commands that are executed in sequence

PP42 The macro will be activated

PP43

PP44

PP45 _______ is used to organize and develop the contents of a presentation

PP46 If we save the presentation file as a metafile, it can be opened using

PP47

PP48 Which of the following statement is not TRUE

PP49

PP50 Which of the following definitions are not true

PP51 Which of the following statements are not true

_______ is the process through which the slides in the current presentation are included in another presentation or application

When a file is saved with _____ extension, the graphics and text are also saved along with the slide

When a new presentation is opened ,powerpoint creates slides that have a width of _____ and a height of ______ with the landscape orientation

Developers can easily add ____ to PowerPoint 2000 by using the programming interface______ determines the order in which order in which the slides will be displayed during the show

With reference to autocontent wizard for creating a new presentation, which of the following statements are not true

With reference to changing the order of slides, which of the following statement is not true

PP52 Which of the following definitions are not true

PP53 The options available in the common task toolbar does not include

PP54 With reference to chart, which of the following statements are not true

PP55

PP56

PP57 PowerPoint's drawing toolbar contains _______ drawing tools

PP58

PP59 An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include

PP60

PP61

PP62

PP63 The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:

PP64

PP65

PP66

PP67

PP68

PP69 What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active?

PP70 What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active?

PP71 Using custom animation effects, you can build:

PP72 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?

PP73 Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide?

PP74 Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?

PP75 Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:

PP76

PP77 Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects?

PP78

The format of the text entered in a title, subtitle, or bulleted-list object is determined by the format settings in a special slide called --------PowerPoint provides a _________ that searches the entire presentation i.e., all the text objects in all the slides, outlines, notes and handouts for spelling errors

Click _______ on the rectangle drawing tools enables us to draw multiple rectangles

Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?

Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?

Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?


PP79 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?

PP80 Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?

PP81 Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:

PP82 Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?

PP83 Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?

VB1 Microsoft visual basic project file has _______ file extension.

VB2 In visual basic, _______ method is used to add an item in a combobox

VB3

VB4

VB5 In visual basic, to display a message in the run time _________ function is used

VB6

VB7

VB8

VB9

VB10

VB72

WO1 _______ is a word processing that is a member of the office 2000 family

WO2

WO3

WO4

WO5 _____and_____ are improved layout in Word 2000

WO6 The easiest way to create a document in word is

WO7 In Office2000 environment the tool that makes work easier for us is_____

WO8

WO9 The _____ helps us to keep track of the margin of the page

WO10 The keys that are used to navigate between headers and footers are

WO11

In visual basic, _______ method is used to load picture during runtime in an image controlIn visual basic, to populate a drive list box with a directory list box __________ statement is used

In visual basic, to populate a directory list box with a file list box ________ statement is usedIn visual basic, ________ is a property of a recordset object which counts the number of rows in a recordsourse objectIn visual basic, using a data control, a record can only be added from the last record. Adding a new record is only possible using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, a record is saved to a recordsource object using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, to navigate to the previous record ________ method of a recordset object is used.To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:

The feature that enables user to type anywhere in a document without pressing or tabThe______ feature allows the user to copy and paste upto 12 items at the same time in an application______ and _____ key combination will extend the selection by one character on the left and right

A short description of a tool bar button called the ______ is displayed when the mouse pointer is allowed to stay for a second on the button

Pick out the element from the following that dose not form the type of tabs for the Word 2000

WO12 _______are blueprints or patterns for documents of a certain type

WO13 The______ is used for quickly setting paragraph indention using the mouse

WO14 Word art is text with

WO15 AutoShapes in word can be created by accessing the _____

WO16 By default, a document consists of_____ section

WO17 The dialog box that is used to determine the documents margins is

WO18

WO19 The key that is used to perform a task to select all t he text in the documents is

WO20 The key that is used to indent a paragraph is

WO21

WO22

DA13

DA14 Excel can import data from other databases for the data analysis.

DA15 A System Auditor can uses CAAT tools to analyze data

DA16

DA17

DA18 Most of the tools use in Data Analysis depends on

BC44 How do you define analysis of an information system?

BC45 What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?

BC46 What is the function of systems software?

BC47 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?

BC48 What is Direct Implementation?

BC49 What is parallel running?

BC50 What documents are produced during the development of a system?

BC51 What are User Guides are used for?

BC52 Systems software can be categorised into:

BC53 Which storage device cannot be erased?

________ is a box surrounding a page on all slides or a line that sets off a paragraph on one or more slides

The key that is used to change the font from the current positioned in a document isThe key that is used to change the style of the document that is from that normal to heading1 or heading1 to other document styles. 'Set mapping' Check control that follows a text-type validation, we use ----------------- application for data analysis.

In the case of the ---------- control, it is ensured that the data in combination with other fields are reasonable as per standard set by an organisation.--------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in a table

BC54 Application software are programs that are written

BC55 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?

BC56 Convert the decimal number 2989 to Hexadecimal

BC57 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?

BC58 What are utilities?

BC59 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in

BC60 The original ASCII codes

BC61 A Nibble corresponds to

BC62 A gigabyte represents

BC63 A 32-bit processor has

BC64 A parity bit is

BC65 he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?

BC66 Clock speed is measured in

BC67 Cache memory enhances

BC68 CISC machines

BC69 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?

BC70 Every data from the primary memory will be erased if

BC71 An RS-232 interface is

BC72 For print quality you would expect best results from

BC73 ROM

BC74 A UPS

BC75 smart card

BC76 Laptop computers use



BC79 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?

BC80 A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through


BC82 Timesharing is the same as

WO23

WO24

WO25 The short-cut-key that is used to paste the selected text

WO26 The short-cut-key that is used for paragraph spacing(1.5)

WO27

WO28

WO29 The object that helps us analyzing data statistically is known as

WO30

WO31 To clear all the tabs in a document the option that is clicked from the tabs dialog

WO32

WO33

WO34

WO35

WO36 The thesaurus is invoked by pressing_______

WO37 When a new table is created the insertion point flashes in the _____

WO38 By pressing the _____ key inserts a blank row after the last row in the table

WO39 The ______ option enables us to convert text into a table format

WO40 A table consists of ______ that contain text or graphics

WO41

WO42

WO43 In Word Macros are written in _____

WO44

WO45

WO46 ______ is a software for sending and receiving e-mail messages

WO47 ________is the coding system used to create web pages

______ is the default view in Word used for typing Editing and Formatting the TextThe short-cut-key that is used to indent a paragraph spacing in the documents is

The box that separate text from the document and allows it to behave like an independent object is known asThe object that is used to provide information like the title of the book, name of the chapter, page number etc.

To highlight certain parts of a page to set it apart from the rest of the page we make use of the following features

The dialog box that is used to incorporate picture bullets into our documents or web pages isThe object that composes of set of tools which helps to create and work on different shapes like rectangles, circles, flowcharts etc.When word is opened a new document called_____ is displayed, where the user starts typing the content right way______ is an online dictionary maintained by word to obtain synonyms for words

The _______ option in word allows the user to automatically correct misspell words as and when they are typed______ is a facility that enables recording and replaying of a sequence of keystroke

In Word 2000 the macro dialog box is activated with the help of ____ key combination________shows how a document would look like when published on the web or on an intranet

WO48

WO49

WO50

WO51 The alignment available for tabs does not include

WO52 Which of the following statements related to a Section Break are True

WO53 The user can set a spelling checker to skip the marked part of the next

WO54

WO55 The user can split the screen only into two parts

WO56

WO57 The user can modify the picture from the clip art

WO58 With reference to auto correct which of the following statements are false

WO59

WO60 The alignment available for tabs does not include

WO61 Which of the following statements are False

WO62 Drop Cap tool does not work for the contents in the table format

WO63 The user can split the screen only into two parts in MS-Word

WO64

WO65 The "format columns" option allows to create columnar text up 12 columns only.

WO66

WO67

WO68

WO69

WO70 How are data organized in a spreadsheet?

WO71 Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?

WO72

WO73

WO74

The network that makes information easily accessible across various networks is _______Which of the following statements are false with reference to the use of a header row source for a mail mergeWith reference TO TABLE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT ARE false

New option under the file menu of word creates a new blank document that is based on the normal templates

The features that enables the user to type text graphics tables anywhere in the document without pressing enter or tab

With the reference to password protected documents which of the following statements are false

The special symbols that are inserted using "insert symbol" option of the word can not be printed by the printer as they are not standard keyboard symbols

The document that makes the user to organize and maintain a long document, such as multipart report or a book consisting of chaptersThe view that enables us to view how objects will be positioned on the page when it is printedThe mode that is initialized or toggled to if the user is in a position to overwrite the text in the wordVeena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?

Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"? Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one? Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?

WO75 What process should be used to recall a document saved previously?

WO76 Which is used to indent text within a document?

WO77


WO79


WO81 What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor


WO83 What hardware is essential for a word?

WO84

WO85 What basic tools would you find in the Edit

WO86

WO87

WO88

WO89

WO90 What does a document contain?

WO91

WO92

WO93

WO94

WO95 Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?

WO96 How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?

WO97

WO98

WO99

WO100

WO101

Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?

What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?

The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a

Assume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?

Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outsWhat edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?

Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.

WO102 Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?

WO103


WO105

WO106 Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:

WO107 To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a

WO108

WO109 What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?

WO110 Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.

WO111 A reverse in a newsletter is:

WO112 A pull quote is best emphasized by:

WO113 Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?

WO114

WO115 As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?

WO116

WO117

WO118

WO119 Which of the following is the default Word column width?

DA1 Sequence Check is a --------------- level control check.

DA2 Analyse data over two or more periods is called ----------------------- analysis

DA3

DA4 Analyse fields by arranging them into rows and columns is called

DA5

DA6

DA7 The GAP detection options can be used to test for completeness of data.

DA8 Exception testing can be used to identify ----------------- items

DA9 Data validity test represents

Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?


Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?


Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?

We use Hash Total to identify ------------ within a series where there is a definite relation between items

--------------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in the table.To import data from Access to Excel ,it is not possible to link between Access and Excel sheet

DA10

DA11

DA12

BC83 Virtual memory is

BC84 Multiprocessing is

BC85

BC86 What is the function of a disk drive?

BC87 A 4GL is

BC88 A nanosecond is

BC89


BC91 The memory data register is used to store

BC92 The instruction register stores

BC93 Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor?

BC94

BC95

BC96 Detecting errors in real memory is a function of

BC97 To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user should

BC98

BC99 To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user should

BC100

BC101

BC102 All are examples of computer software except

BC103

BC104

BC105 The part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the

BC106 For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into

Year end ledger, inventory files or transaction files can be tested for cut-off , to ensure that the data has been provided is for the correct audit periodIn Range Check , the data may not be in proper sequence but should be within a predetermined rangeIn ---------------- Check data entry follow a particular sequence and also a predetermined range.

To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should

What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?

A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?

A series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a

Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is calledThe place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the

Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a record

BC107 The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is

BC108

BC109

BC110

BC111

BC112 Multimedia software can be most productively used for

BC113 To be effective a virus checker should be

BC114

BC115 Passwords enable users to

BC116 How many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent?

BC117 Back up of the data files will help to prevent

BC118 Which one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol?

BC119 The advantage of a PC network is that

BC120 The term A:\ refers to

BC121 UPS stands for

BC122 The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that

BC123

BC124 A flow chart is the

BC125 A voucher entry in Tally is done for

BC126 Passwords are applied to files in order to

BC127 Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:

BC128

BC129 What is a computer-aided design system?

BC130 A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.

BC131 File extensions are used in order to

BC132 Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT:

BC133 Hashing for disk files is called

Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer systemWhich one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music? An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?


You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called


BC134

BC135 Black box testing and white box testing are part of:

BC136

BC137

BC138 Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?

BC139

BC140

BC141 Benchmarks form part of:

BC142

BC143 Which is not part of help desk documentation:

BC144 Testing of individual modules is known as:

BC145

BC146 Which is part of installation testing:

BC147

BC148

BC149

BC150 Designing relationships among components is part of:

BC151 Several Computers connected together is called:

BC152 Which network topology uses a Hub?

BC153 Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?

BC154 Application software are programs

BC155

BC156

BC157

BC158

BC159

BC160


What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility

Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture



The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audioWhich of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?

Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired oneWhich of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are requiredIt is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly becauseWhich component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performanceWhich of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity

BC161 Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they

BC162

BC163 A modem is a device that

BC164

BC165

BC166

BC167 Terminal hardware controls include

BC168 RS-232 is a

BC169 What is a compiler?

BC170 What are the stages in the compilation process?

BC171 Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme

BC172 What is the definition of an interpreter?

BC173

BC174

BC175 Serial Communication is used over long distance because it

BC176 In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?

BC177 The primary function of a front-end processor is to

BC178 What is the first stage in program development?

BC179

BC180 What is System Analysis?

BC181 A device to device hardware communication link is called

BC182 What will a good software provider consider?

BC183 The topology of a network can be each of the following except

BC184 What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85?

BC185 Which is the most common data transmission error checking method

BC186 What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111?

BC187


A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called anIf a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be

A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as aThird generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as

Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network

Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single line

BC188 What is the decimal value of the octal number 215?

BC189 Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?

BC190 Cache memory enhances

BC191 What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF?

BC192 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in

BC193 What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476?

BC194 A byte corresponds to

BC195 What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean?

BC196 A Kb corresponds to

BC197 What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101?

BC198 Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer in

BC199 Where would you find the letters QWERTY?

BC200 A parity bit is

BC201 How did the computer mouse get its name?

BC202 Clock speed is measured in

BC203 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?

BC204 CPU performance may be measured in

BC205 A digitising tablet can be used for?

BC206

BC207 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?

BC208 A UPS

BC209 What does a light pen contain?

BC210 The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around

BC211

BC212 Where would you find the letters QUERTY?

BC213 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?

BC214 A digitising tablet can be used for?



BC215 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?

BC216 What input device could tell you the price of a product



BC219

BC220 A daisy wheel is a type of...?

BC221 What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test?

BC222 Laptop computers use

BC223 QWERTY is used with reference to

BC224 What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate?

BC225 A GUI is





BC230 UNIVAC Computer belongs to the

BC231 Timesharing is the same as

BC232 Name the first Indian Super Computer?

BC233 Disk fragmentation

BC234

BC235 A compiler is

BC236 Which printer among the following is fastest

BC237 “Zipping” a file means

BC238 What does acronym VIRUS stands for


BC240 A client-server system is based on

BC241 A nanosecond is

What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen Called


BC242

BC243

BC244 A _____ is a running instance of an application

BC245 Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing

BC246

BC247

BC248 ______ printer use laser light

BC249

BC250

BC251 _______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files

BC252 _____ is a collection of related fields

BC253 _____ language consists of strings of binary numbers

BC254

BC255 _______ is an example for micro computer

BC256 _________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks

BC257

BC258 A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system

BC259 _____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processing

BC260

BC261

BC262

BC263 DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories

BC264 ______is the most advantageous database system

BC265

BC266

BC267 Modem stands for __________ .

BC268

A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers

______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data

______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers



The______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architectureBoth the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____systemWhen all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as

A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______


BC269 _________allows an application to multitask within itself

BC270 LAN stands for __________ .

BC271 New process of execution is referred to as______

BC272 ISDN stands for _______.

BC273 _____________ is the Worlds largest computer network .

BC274 _______is/are a popular front end tool

BC275 When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ .

BC276 TCP/IP stands for _________ .

BC277 Data is broken into small unit called __________ .

BC278 SMTP stands for __________ .

BC279

BC280 ATM stands for __________ .

BC281

BC282 The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____

BC283 ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology.

BC284 __________ is designed telephone system

BC285 Expansion of ISDN is ________

BC286 Expansion of WBT is ______________

BC287 _________ connects LANs.

BC288 Collection of instruction is called a _____

BC289 Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data

BC290 Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______

BC291 _________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs

BC292 _______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer

BC293

BC294 _______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information

BC295 _______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer




BC296

BC297 Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______

BC298

BC299

BC300 _______ converts a high level language into machine language

BC301


_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer


op1 op2 op3 op4


Tally ODBC Tally IMP Tally INI None of the above

TRUE false


Invoice Bill A or B None of the above

Two Three Four Five

Ctrl+C Alt+C Alt+Ctrl+C None of the above

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

* $ & ^

Single Multiple A or B Mone of the above

Cash Flow Statements Fund Flow Statements Ratio Analysis All of the above

Two Three Four One

Alt+D Alt+X Ctrl+T Ctrl+D

Create Information Alter Information Display Information All of the above

F4 F5 F6 F7

Alt+P Ctrl+P Shift+P None of the above

Tally Audit Statistics Day Book Journal Book

Bin Data Sub None of the above

True False

All of the above

TRUE FALSE

2 3 4 5

data element data record Field All of the above

FALSE TRUE

Puchasing and Accounts payable

Puchasing and Receiving

Accounts payable and Receiving

Puchasing, Receiving and Accounts payable

Enterprise Data Interchange

Enterprise Data - Information

Electronic Data Interchange.

Open Calculator Change Period None of the above

Ledgers Groups Journals None of the above

Personal Nominal Real None of the above

Manual Automatic None All of the above

Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Journal Book All of the above

Journal Stock Journal Physical Stock Transfer Reversing Journal

Filled Receipt Issue None of the above

11 16 18 21

FALSE TRUE

electronic data analysis All of the above

F4 F5 F6 Alt+f5

Main Location Primary Primary Cost Category All of the above

True False

Ledgers Reports Vouchers None of the above

0 to 9 1 to 100 10 to 60 None

Supplier Suspense Order All of the above

Report Output Information None of the above

F2 F4 Ctrl+f2 Ctrl+f4

Net Transactions Closing Balance A and B None of the above

True False

F6 function key Alt + f6 function key F7 function key None of the above

Sales Purchases A or B None of the above

1-4-1995 to 31-3-1996 1-4-1996 to 31-3-1997 1-4-1997 to 31-3-1998 None of the above

True False

Horizontal Vertical A or B None of the above

Cash and profit & loss Cash and bank

Primary Main location A or b None of the above

Display stock valuation method

management by objective

management by exception

Balance sheet & profit & loss profit & loss and trial balance

Profit & loss and trial balance

Security mechanism Ledger a/c Cost category None of the above

F5 F7 F8 F9

a name an identity A and B None of the above

Sales return Purchase return a or b None of the above

Company creation Stock items units Regional setting None of the above

Trial Balance Daybook Balance Sheet None of the above

F7 Alt + F7 F10 F11


2 3 4 1

F9 F10 F11 F12

Balance sheet Profit & loss a/c Budget None

TRUE FALSE

F3 Ctrl+F3 Alt+F3 None of the above

TRUE FALSE

Main location Primary Symbol None of them

Tally.imp Tally.ini A or b None

Stock summary Stock journal Stock analysis None of the above

None

TRUE FALSE

128 228 28 16

Ledger Accounts Groups Sub-Groups B or C

Administrator Owner Data Entry TallyVault


Inventory subsidiary. Cash disbursements. Cash receipts. Payroll transactions.

Contingency Planning System feasibility report Capacity Planning Exception reporting

Changes in transactions or vouchers

Changes in Ledger Masters

By pressing F11 function key

During the creation of a company

In 'comp info -> security control' option

One company to another company created withon Tally Package

Other programs - a spreadsheet or a database file.



Will be more efficient at producing financial statements.






NIC Card VSAT RAM AGP Card

Record Count Identification Number

Writing on a hard board Printed output None of above

Voice answer back Visual audio board None of above

Validity check Boundary protection File protection ring Limited access files

Coloured spots Pixels Pixies None of above

File Name Identification number Reel Number Batch Total

Printer Storage device Pointing device None of above

System Logs Physical Security Console Log Data Dictionary

Electrically charged ink An ink pen None of above

Restrict physical access Require user passwords

A pen Paper Eraser None of above

A cartridge A drum A ribbon A cassette

Separation of duties

A cartridge A drum A ribbon None of above

A print head A laser beam An INK RIBBON None of above

Volume Size Storage capacity None of above

Read Write Read and Write None of above

Magnetic tape PAN drive Floppy disk None of above

to add customers all the above none of these

Oracle ACL JCL none the above

True False

True False

Serial access medium Random access medium None of above

1.44MB 20 GB 700MB None of above

A CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage None of above

A CD-ROM A floppy disk Magnetic tape storage None of above

Control totals for one or more fields



Voice activated broadcasting


Use only unremovable media



Centralised function for PC Disposition


to an audit department's products & services


Read Write Read and Write Not

By a sunny window By magnet objects In a drawer None of above

ROM chips RAM chips CDROM chips None of above

RAM chips ROM chips DRAM chips None of above

ALU Registers Logic bus None of above

CPUs Registers Control unit None of above

0 bits 1 bit 8 bits None of above

RAM chips ROM chips CACHE None of above

Serial access medium Random access medium

None of the above

Supercomputer Personal computer Mainframe computer None of above

Notebook computers Supercomputers None of above

First generation Second generation Hoover generation None of above

Second generation First generation Fourth generation None of above

Second generation Third generation Fifth generation None of above



None of above

True False

yes no

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

to obtain a record layout extract data from file






Jon Von Neumann computers



Analysis, System Design, and Implementation

to determine the audit objective

review and evaluate the types of data

all the above none of the above

True False

True False

use of accounting codes absence of audit trails all the above

risk driven approach unique approach none of the above

checks and controls all the above

true false

true false

all the above none of these

true false

the of by all concerned use of any programs none of the above

true false

natural/man-made open/closed conceptual/physical all of them

true false

true false

true false

scheduled jobs all the above

true false

true false

with audit departments all the above none of these

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

databases planning language model base all the above

true false

can bring the data directly

can bring the data indirectly

change in the method of recording accounting transactiondocuments driven approachhardware and software configuration

processing options, file data structure

the source of data available to the audit organization

source of data for material planing

providing access to computer to all organization personnel

manage hardware & software resources

enable multiple user resource sharing

with production departments

true false

reference files table files report files none of the above

filex file-o-man file manager filepet

all the above none of the above

true false

true false

back-ups retrieval deletion addition

true false

true false

subject area database software and database safety and database

true false

true false

at the year end immediately on quarterly basis none of the above

true false

Benfish Benford Benjamin none of the above

true false

none of the above

true false

valid, numeric invalid, alphabetic none of the above all the above

grouping, transaction regrouping, events none of the above all the above

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

none of the above

true false

to have a complete picture of a system

decentralized picture of a system

seriously affected database

consecutive nos. or alphabets to entities

blocks of nos. to the primary attribute of the the entity

random placement of component

incremental design and enlarge activity

interactive data extraction and analysis

interactive data innumerable analysis

true false

true false

true false

e-brain bouncing ball big-bang stub

bottom up tests top-down tests hybrid tests all the above

yes no

read data on client's file all the above

executables, master deleted, hard none of these all the above

true false

system analysis software all the above none of the above

true false

yes no

true false

true false

manipulates, real create, false none of these all the above

true false

yes no

all of the above

yes no

none of the above

IDEA ACL ALC ACLL

true false

all the above

true false

true false

true false

specification, program file, hardware none of the above all the above

provide information to the audit

re-perform procedures carried out by the clients programs

system advanced software

can be very powerful analytical tool

can enable the auditor to execute provisions on a number of different bases

can provide the auditors with useful information with trend s and patterns

provides detailed information of machine uses

identifies program code which may be there for fraudulent reason

examination of source code of a program with advice to following the logic of a program

fictitious data applied against the client program

comparison of source version of a programmed

analyzing the picture of a file or data

all the above

true false

true false

start and finish time resource requested all the above

job control language all the above none of the above

yes no

true false

true false

mathematical concept

prepared by the auditor prepared by the entity all the above

true false

file access/organizations all the above

true false

true false

carrying analytical review all the above

ACL IDEA High End CAATs All of the above

A sample of transactions None of the above

All of the above

Macros Action Procedures Event Procedures General Procedures

integer number primary number auto number

true false

actions events procedures none of the above

report form chart macros

macro expression elements comments action

calculator code builder expression builder expression elements

action list macro list none of the above

identifying erroneous code

identifying ineffective code

identifying non-standard code

authentication of information supportjob connectivity language

package computer p[program for performing a variety of data processing function

master list of transactions

administered questionnaireprepared by an outside

programmer engaged by the auditor

statistical/arithmetic operation

stratification and frequency analysis

examining the quality of system process

examining the quality of data

Wide access to various data base






Tests of details of transactions



expression elements list box

conditions action insert none of the above

tabular columnar auto report embedded

tabular columnar datasheet justified

create report link report embedded report new report

columnar and tabular stable and unstable dynamic and static none of the above

true false

create fields add chart chart insert chart

primary key alternate key foreign key none of the above

label wizard chart wizard mail wizard none of the above

start header group header page header report header

report footer page footer group footer none of the above

for ordering records for updating records none of the above

condition group macro names none of the above

VB Modules reports forms macros

add append insert delete

report macro sheet module none of the above

true false

RAD RAP RAID none of the above

SysCmd MsgBox message none of the above

OLE DDE CME none of the above

on line execution on line editing none of the above

OLE object OLE client OLE server OLE communicator

linked embedded connected edited

exe DLL BMP html

form wizard report wizard query wizard publish to web wizard

static file static html dynamic file none of the above

append add insert data definition

for specifying conditions with group by clause

object linking and embedding

dollars rupees pesos yen

unbound object bound object command button list box

display as icon display link create icon

create html new save as html none of the above

startup home end none of the above

bullet command procedure none of the above

DBMS RDBMS front end language

data group data collection database data storage

new dialog box new database dialog box database dialog box

255 64000 235 63500

automatic number AutoNumber number automatic field

true false

inner join outer join explicit join none of the above

primary key not null candidate key no duplicate key

columnar tabular both a and b none of the above

table or tables query or queries record or records none of the above

true false

property field field property Dynaset field properties properties

crosstab queries row/column queries select queries update queries

action queries row/column queries change/delete queries update queries

inner join self join no match join outer join

true false

new form dialog box form create dialog box form wizard dialog both 1 and 3

summary sum append simple

change properties properties form properties new properties

included form sub form new form child form

new blank database dialog box

cascade delete related records

cascade change related records

cascade update related fields

change all related records

Record Navigation Record Operations Form Operations None of the above

columnar form tabular form hierarchical form one to many form

filtering ordering sorting querying

filter sorts pipes gateways

filter by form filter by selection filter by menu None of the above

* $ @ ?

true false

bound control unbound control data less control data control

button group option group controls group record group

database form collection none of the above

bound unbound controlled all of the above

CURRDATE() TODAY() DATE() DAY()

text box list box combo box static text

pivot table columnar form tabular form main form

data sheet filter filter by input filter by form none of the above

button wizard control wizard option control wizard tool wizard

ram* ram?? two of the above none of the above

true false

report form table ledger

autoreport report module none of the above

chart label bitmap report

true false

true false

60,000 255 25,000 64,000

true false

true false

true false

table query form all of the above

table form report hyperlink

true false

true false

Insert Records Tools none of the above

true false

true false

alternate keys composite keys candidate keys primary key

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

null not null zero none of the above

true false

true false

true false

true false

pie bar both 1 and 2 none of the above

true false

true false

true false

update query select query delete query append query

true false

true false

inner join outer join self join table join

true false

true false

true false

freestanding embedded stand alone sub chart

true false

true false

true false

true false

the first field of the table the last field of the table primary key field none of the above

forms reports attributes entities

true false

delete insert append add

true false

true false

freestanding embedded stand alone sub chart

use hyperlink use import use datasheet in forms use export

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

& # ? *

true false

page detail group topic

true false

true false

true false

true false

true false

relational list range logical

true false

action language none of the above

report form query table

true false

group record session detail

data property both a and b none of the above

true false

true false

sub forms child forms inner form none of the above

graphs chart labels report

number primary key index identifier

pivot create form none of the above

filters queries sorts forms

form bound unbound none of the above

list box combo box button option button

true false

form name control record source none of the above

tabular form chart form data sheet form none of the above

sub forms tabular form columnar form none of the above

calculated bound unbound none of the above

calculated unbound bound static

sub form auto form tabular form columnar form

set relation connect relationships none of the above

structured query language

event - procedural based language

filter by form filter by report filter by record filter by input

form report macro table

clipboard file field layout

search sort field names record grab

A collection of files

remote DBMS relative DBMS Relational DBMS Reliable DBMS

backing up data regularly is related to data mining

Key verification Computer matching

None of the above

None of the above

None of the above

Using queries None of the above

None of the above

IDENTITY columns

CHANGE TABLE MODIFY TABLE ALTER TABLE UPDATE TABLE

remote DBMS relative DBMS Relational DBMS Reliable DBMS


Number Description Component Source

using a password keeping a backup copy

the product code the primary key mail merge e-mail

A database Graphics browser e-mail

bookmarks operators wildcards engines

Auto Primary Auto ID AutoNumber Auto Key

foreign key.

option, toggle and command buttons

command button, check and list boxes

list, check and combo boxes

option button, toggle button and check boxes











Database access controlsA way to analyse and

manipulate numerical information


























main form and a subform.



One-to-one One-to-many Many-to-many Many-to-one

EmployeeID CompanyID EmployeeLastName CompanyAddress

Referential integrity The join line

# M ¥ *

Either table at any time Neither table

Dim CreateList. Sub CreateList. CreateList. Sub.

does not have to be set.

store data in tables.

data. relationships. metadata. all of the above

facts. figures. information. a and b

a or b

None of above

Jet SQL Server Oracle a and b

The user The database application All of the above.

None of above All of above

creates queries creates form creates reports b and c










Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbarThat there are several

customers associated with that ID





They cannot be text fields





The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are





The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.A one-to-many

relationship between teams and players







prompt, icon, title bar text.



























The database management system (DBMS)the database

application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS


the user the database application the database

All of the above.

holds user data holds metadata holds indexes All of the above.

tables metadata stored procedures All of the above.

from existing data a and b

a and b

from existing data a and b

data marts normalization data models



data marts normalization data migration

file managers hierarchical models network models relational data model

table relation row field

record field key tuple

record field composite key foreign key

record field foreign key candidate key

composite key primary key foreign key surrogate key

Insertion anomaly Update anomaly Deletion anomaly All of above


Nonintegrated data None of the above

dirty data inconsistent data nonintegrated data

dirty data inconsistent data nonintegrated data

b and c

Form Table Report Query

Forms and reports Queries and tables Macros Spreadsheets












entity-relationship data modelingentity-relationship data modelingentity-relationship data modeling









move the data into the new databaseare supplied by several

well-established manufacturers


are not true DBMS productsThey use sophisticated

mathematical techniques.


a "wrong format" problema "wrong format" problem




Import Link Merge Join

It contains macros

Menu Wizard Build Menu Interface Design Wizard Switchboard Manager

Digital Sign Digital Certificate Digital Signature None of the above

Hash Function Digital Signature Digital Certificate Private Key

Hash Function Hash Value Hash Result Either B or C

Digital Signature creation Both A and B Either A or B

Institutional Overhead None of the above

Certification Authority Certified Authority Certificate Authority None of the above

True False

True False

Server Certificate Developer Certificate None of the above

Server Certificate Developer Certificate None of the above

Private Certificate Repositories Public Key none of the above

Approval, Evidence

True False

True False

Certificate Resource List None Of The Above

Private Key, Subscriber Public key, Recipient Private Key, Recipient None Of The Above

Internal Format File External Format File Transmission File None of the above

ANSI UN/EBCDIC UNESCO UN/EDIFACT

batch files interchange sets functions functional groups

Smart Card Embedded cards SET None of the above

E-cash Digital Cash Smart Cards Electronic cheques


It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables


Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the

The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the

An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to

All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same

An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be








Digital Signature VerificationInstitutional Overhead

and Subscriber Relying Party Cost

Subscriber Relying Party Cost

Personal Digital CertificatePersonal Digital certificate

Evidence, Ceremony, Approval

Efficiency and logistics, Evidence

Evidence, Ceremony, Approval, Efficiency and Logistics

Certificate Revocation List

certificate Revocation Letter

Billboards and Junk Mail Broadcast and Junk Mail

EDI E-mail EFT All of the above

True False

Login_Id and Password

Global Network Private Network Satellite Area Network None of the above

All of the above

Broadcast Junk mail Billboard Endorsements

E-mail Bulk-mail Direct-mail Junk mail

Catalog Endorsement Billboard Broadcast

Error checking Data Integration Low cost of operation Quality management

Competitive espionage Corporate espionage Industrial espionage Economic espionage

Research data

None of above

Replying promptly Including the Subject Using all capital letters

text import wizard tip wizard function wizard

cell reference row reference column reference none of the above

text files Lotus 1-2-3 quattropro or xbase files class files

serial values domain values range values reference values

=today() =date() =currentdate() none of the above

dollar sign ' = ' sign # sign none of the above

AutoSum AutoFill function wizard none of the above

variables arguments parameters none of the above

text logical numeric Boolean

concatenate pmt merge none of the above

countif vlookup pmt count

pivot table wizard chart wizard tip wizard

Online Catalog and Billboards

Online Catalog and Customer Endorsements

Primary Key and Private Key

Public Key and Password

Public Key and Private Key

Active or push based advertising

Passive or pull-based advertising

Glow sign or hoarding strategies







Keeping messages short

Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the

Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in

Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption

Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at

convert text to columns wizard


sumif pmt countif none of the above

average sum sumif countif

page setup print area print none of the above

autoformat AutoFill none of the above

bordering formatting shading none of the above

page setup print area print print preview

filtering searching sorting none of the above

all option blanks all blanks none

www.ency.in www.eb.com www.encybrit.com none of the above

URL DNS FTP none of the above

internal network network of network intermediate network none of the above

application layer transport layer physical layer session layer

finger service ping service ftp service none of the above

FTP TELNET ARCHIE none of the above

uniform research locator uniform resource locator unlimited restore locator none of the above

host computer name of the resource scheme none of the above

message scheme command line none of the above

Delphi Microsoft sears general electric

net web browser editor

browser read the Usenet news search for database none of the above

spy mosaic wincim or maccim none of the above

gophering gopherspace cyberspace none of the above

Alta vista open text excite none of the above

finger server ftp server web server none of the above

list directories image list none of the above

no maximum of five one many

middle lower top middle and lower

CompuServe internet dialer

hotlist directory index glossary

item search,index search

infoseek excite lycos all the above

netshark cello lynx all the above

lynx mosaic Lycos navigator gold 2.0

Microsoft internet IBM CompuServe

Usenet finger service ftp telnet

Hyper text transfer port

iccp ftp uucp none of the above

yahoo ftp telnet none of the above

none of the above

one two three none of the above

ftp servers domain name servers web servers none of the above

the internet adapter the internet access none of the above

browser protocol site organization

none of the above

uniform resource locator uniform resource label name of the above

frequent asked query none of the above

SLIP,PPP TCP,IP IP,UDP none of the above

connection response request close

none of the above

lynx,minx netscape,ie mosaic,gopher none of the above

world wide web server world wide web client interface none of the above

glossary index hotwords none of the above

none of the above

none of the above

protocols IP address dns none of the above

directory search,index search

index search,menu search

menu search,item search

Higher text transfer protocol

Hyper text transmission port

Hyper text transfer protocol

transfer control protocol/internet

transmission control protocol/internet protocol

transfer communication protocol/internet protocol

the internet administration

hotlink text transfer protocol

hyper text transfer protocol

higher type transfer protocol

universal resource locator

frequently asked question

frantically asked question

wide search for information and research

windows sockets internets relay chat

world search for information and research council

very easy and rodent oriented net wide index to computerized archives

very organised network integration and communication application

verification on network integration and communicationuniversity of

berkeley,berkeley freenet

university of cleveland,cleveland freenet

university of California net

ftp and finger telnet and ftp none of the above

allsrc,winsocks wais,allsrc wais,winsocks none of the above

allsrc waisman winsock none of the above

none of the above

hot links hyper text books marks none of the above

images applets animation none of the above

graphics,videos,audio programms,images,text none of the above

first page home page welcome page none of the above

global network news grand network news none of the above

yahoo service electronic mail search engines none of the above

yahoo and altavista none of the above

newsgroup telnet ftp archive

Lycos catalog point review all the above none of the above

apple link bitnet Delphi fidonet

biographical information bookstores none the above

encyclopedia Britannica on-line reference works more information galenet

search engines web directories database channel

mails documents net browsers

yahoo,infoseek,altavista netscape,ie,lynx none of the above

information web pages network connections mails

BACKGROUND COLOR FCOLOR FONTCOLOR

Network Interface Communication Connection

Current web page Browser Client None of the above

Browser/user Server Web Channel

search engines,directories

higher text medium language

hyper transfer markup language

hyper text markup language

animation,scripts,executables

global networks navigator

email and net conference

Netscape page starter site,netscape page wizard

computer related abbreviations and acronym

Graphical interpreter formatting

Graphical interchange Format

Graphical interface format

Graphical Interface format

Joint Pictures Expert Group

Jumbled pictures expert graph

Joint pictures expert graph

Joint pictures experimental group

eudora,netscape and pine

Communication gateway interface

Common graphical Interface

Communication graphical interface

Common Gateway Interface

Uniform resource locator United relay limited None of the above

text only image only text or image neither text nor image

SQL PLSQL SGML CGI

alphalanguage betalanguage metalanguage none of the above

palm is not eatable palm is not elm pancake is not edible none of the above

SGML Processor SGML Preprocessor SGML Parser SGML Composer

web sites images applets documents

None of the above

None of the above

text data from a database symbols video

hyperlink hypertext hotword hotlink

in random order in sequential order in user-defined order none of the above

first start home none of the above

.bmp and .gif .bmp and .jpeg .gif and .jpeg .wmf and .bmp

none of the above

<center> <font size=n> <hr size=n> <l1 type=shape>

none of the above

Server Client Browser User

arpanet the net intranet none of the above

LAN peer-to-peer connectivity wan none of the above

data parcel packets none of the above

none of the above

nt,windows95,ie,winzip all of the above

dnet arpanet ARPANET none of the above

none of the above

start begin first none of the above

Unknown resonance language

Internet equipment training faculty

International Engineering trainers and faculty

Internet Engineering Task Force

MS Internet Explorer and Mosaic

Netscape Navigator and Mosaic

MS Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator

Service, hostname and directory path

service,hostname,port,directory-path

service,port and directory path

service,hostname and port

mail servers,mail clients and alternate services

mail vendors,mail identification and password

mailing lists,mail server robots and gateways to other services

communication generated information

common gateway interface

classified general instructions

scripting,parsing and compiling

news,cooking and fine arts

email,file retrived,internet tools

mosaic,gopher,eudora,trumpnet

communicator,ie,lynx,winsock

defensive administrative rank administration network

dedicated and registered projects administration

defensive advanced research projects administration net

milnet,smaller arpanet mailnet,inet intranet,extranet none of the above

education,research music and dance cooking and dining none of the above

united states and UK england,norway united states & Russia none of the above

server client network none of the above

client stand-alone servers none of the above

network card network topology network redirectors none of the above

data terminal equipment data target equipment none of the above

application layer physical layer network layer none of the above

none of the above

file access anonymous ftp file transfer none of the above

PAN,NAN,AAN KAN,RAN,VAN LAN,WAN,MAN none of the above

VAN MAN TAN none of t he above

LAN MAN WAN none of the above

analog digital non-digital none of the above

Data type definition Define type of data Document type definition Document type data

Moralize/demoralize Modulation/demodulation Manipulate/demanipulate none of the above

Mapping Modulation Manipulation none of the above

Cable and wires none of the above

Serial line protocol none of the above

Prime prolonged protocol Point to point protocol Pillar to pillar protocol none of the above

Bandwidth Speed Size Channel

Find Save Browse Retrieve

Recipient Party Relying Party Either A or B Neither A nor B

Public Key Private Key Both A and B Both B and A

E-mail Electronic Commerce All The Above

Higher text manipulation language

Hotlink text markup language

Hyper transfer meta language

Hyper text markup Language

detailed transaction explanation

point to point network and broadcast channel network

packet switching,store and forward network

smart network and dumb network

Satellite link and digital signals

Dedicated access and dial up access

Standard long internet protocol

Stream line internet protocol

storing data on a disk drive


storing data on the hard drive

receiving information from a host computer

Electronic Fund Transfers

Not False Not True

Open System

Affirmative Act Efficiency Signer authentication None of the above

Signer Authentication Document Authentication Both A and B Neither A nor B

Not True Not False

Nonrepudiation Service Digital signature Digital certificate Private Key

Affirmative Act Efficiency Either A or B Neither A nor B.

Cryptography Public Key Private Key None of the above

Private Key Public Key Both A and B Either A or B



Decryption Cipher Encryption Cryptography


Not intercepted en route.

Collision. Data entry errors. Firewall vulnerability.

Business-to- Business Business-to-Backend Backend-to-Business Business- to-Billboard

Billboard On-line Catalog Endorsements Broadcast

Customer Endorsements Billboard Catalog Broadcast

Intermediaries portals .COM Domains

Order Placement Service Search and discovery None of the above

Purchase consummation Search and discovery

Online catalog None of the above

Online Catalog Shopping cart Billboard Pulling cart

None of the above

EDI TCP/IP EFT Gateway

Compiler Interpreter Assembler EDI

Closed System,Formal Legal requirements

Formal Legal Requirements

Formal Legal Requirements, Open System




Unaltered in transmission.



Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will





Post purchase interaction

Pre-purchase preparation

Billboard model of marketing

Endorsement model of marketing

EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transaction

EDI For Administration, Consumer and Transport

EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transport

Business-to-Business Business-to-Consumer Consumer-to-Business Customer-to-Company

Emergency Cash Electronic Cash Euro Cash Endorsed Cash

Service Perspective None of the above

Microcash Micro Transactions TT(Tiny token) E-token

Decryption SSL Encryption Subscription

1 2 3 4

data table filtered table index table pivot table


series or rank category legend data marker




column chart bar chart pie chart surface chart




spaces wild card characters symbols none of the above

excel97 internet explorer Netscape word 2000


line chart bar chart stock chart pie chart

true false

and or

3-dimensions 4-dimensions Multi-dimensions

true false

Data table Pivot table

It shows trends over time

Pivot table Scenario manager Solver Data table.

Communication Perspective

Business Process Perspective



It is also called as high-low-close chart

It is often used to display share market prices over a period of time

It is also used for indicating fluctuations in temperature changes

Goal seek Scenario manager Pivot table Data table.

Goal seek Pivot table Solver Data table.

Workbook Worksheet Spreadsheet none of the above

Performing calculations. All of the above

Column field Row field. Source table name. Pivot table item.

two three N

true false

3-dimensions 4-dimensions Multi-dimensions


Pivot table. Scenario manager Solver Data table

Goal seek Scenario manager Pivot table Data table

Count. Standard deviation SumIf

databases records tables worksheets

Goal seek. Scenario manager solver Pivot table


worksheet workbook tables database

application window document window modal window

A dark wide border A dotted border No border A blinking border

8,16,32 2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10

either b or c

ability to generate tables speed of calculation cost of initial set-up

word processing graphical database spreadsheet

Range Address Gap Rows

Producing graphs Writing letters Drawing pictures Document filing

click the column heading click the column label

Performing database operations

Performing text formatting.

It displays the data series one on top of the other.

It is useful when several components are changing and the user is interested in the sum of

It can be represented in 3-dimensions

It is a tool for summarizing and analyzing the data records in an interactive

It is a tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations

It summarizes the data by using analytical functions.




the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the numberflexibility of moving entries



ENTER CTRL + ENTER TAB INSERT

array. function. constant. formula.

100 (201)555-1212. #VALUE! Tom McKenzie.

Cell references Functions Numeric constants Text constants

^ / * \

B5*B6 C3/D4 D4^2

E12 6 SUM(H9:H11) G7*SUM(H9:H11)

It is blinking.


File Edit View Window

Preview Details List Properties

Insert Delete Both Insert and Delete Clear

Clear Delete Both Clear and Delete Remove

Headers and footers Fonts Margins

Options Page Setup View Edit

worksheet. range. group. cell group.

6 D12, G25 D12:G25 D

copy range. destination range. clipboard. source range.

paste range. destination range. clipboard. source range.

The Duplicate command The Copy command The Paste command

absolute relative mixed constant

B4 $B4 B$4 $B$4

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

The Move command The Cut command The Paste command

It is impossible to determine.







By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula barThe Cell Format

command on the Edit menu









copy and paste cells. edit cells.

the Fill Handle the Format Painter the Formatting toolbar Conditional formatting

the cell address. the value in the cell

text with a two-digit year. text with a four-digit year. an integer.

Jul-30 Aug-31 29/03/2008

the F4 key. the F2 key. the Esc key. the F1 key.

03-Apr 0.75

a cell on a worksheet. a variable. a constant.

B1-G10 B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10

AVERAGE COUNT MAX SUM

Combination Line Pie Scatter

hold down the CTRL key hold down the ALT key

Use tables Use multiple sheets

Paste Fill Down Fill Right Paste Special

Tools | Sort Data | Sort Edit | Data | Sort none of the choices

Analyse data Calculate data Create forms None of the above

click the Print button

producing graphs writing letters drawing pictures None of the above

(D4+C2)*B2 D4+C2*B2 #VALUE! =(B2*(D4+C2)

0 REF! None of the above

portrait landscape whatever was last used vertical

AD213 ZA1 A0 None of the above

CERN ECRN CARN NET

yahoo and infoseek mailto and files none of the above








whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference. text with either a two-

digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.It is impossible to determine from the information given.






Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formattingeither a cell on a worksheet or a variable.





hold down the SHIFT key

hold down CTRL + SHIFT

Create four separate files





=A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM

newsgroups and search engines

none of the above

bulletin board system none of the above

small large very small none of the above

windows socks windows sockets windows stocks none of the above

Mosaic Yahoo PINE Lynx

buffer cache built-in none of the above

Photography Digital Signature Cryptography Message Digest

Key Lock Hash Function Formula

User-id Password Name Address

Penetration Retrieval Cryptography Password Cracker

Acts Regulations Address Protocols

Spoofing Imposting Unauthorising Approving

Loss Threat Exposure Hacking

Sales - tax authorities Income - tax authorities Judge of a civil court

Utility Pirated software Virus Cracker

Tim Berner Lee Hoffman Charles Bubbage Howard Aiken

Etrade.com Amazon .com Dell .com Msn .com

Any Time Money None of above

Acts Regulations Address Protocols

Router Gateway Port Pin

LAN WAN CAN PAN

Network Interface card New Information Card None of the above

Only Computers Can not computers Only printers None of the above

All of Above

Bridges and Repeaters. Two or more networks Bridges and Hubs Hubs and nodes

bits frames Packets None of the above

news groups,yahoo and infoseek

bulletin boards,mails call and wireless system

application servers,proxy servers and web servers

business broadcasting system

bulletin broadcasting system

Police officer of IPS rank.

Automated Tailor Machine



hypertext tracing program

hypertext transfer protocol

hypertext tracing protocol

National Informatics Center

Concentrates connectivity



firewall gateway router virus checker

One Two Four None of the above

Physical Layer Data-Link Layer Network Layer All of the above

RG7U Coaxial cable Fiber Twisted pair

Physical address Logical address A memory address None of the above

A cable Hub Router None of the above

Data return to the sender None of the above

Wireless technology Wired Technology Ultra violet technology None of the above

Physical Layer Data Link Layer Network Layer All of the above

Binary ASCII Octal None of the above

48 Bits 48 Bytes 48 KB 48 MB

Novell PC Client Server Network PC

There isn't one

Physiology Topology Both A and B None of the above

Bus Star Ring All of above

Linear Parallel Both A and B None

Parallel Circular Linear Both A and B

Ring Bus Star Mesh

Ring Bus Star Mesh

Star Bus Linear Ring

Ring Bus Star Mesh

Network Layer Transport Layer Physical Layer Data Link Layer

bps kbps mbps mips

bps Kbps Mbps Mips

It gets destroyed bit by bit.










Ethernet, token ring, FDDI Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI

Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet


measured in bytes per second


limited by modem speeds

CD-ROM drive a modem Windows 95 Netscape

must use electronic mail All of the above

key gateway interface uniform resource locator

used to control a printer

CD-ROM drive a modem Windows package Netscape

Linux Novell Netware Windows NT None of the above

the Internet none of the previous

must use electronic mail

Printer modem bridge none of the previous

is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit make of processor

used to send email is part of Netscape

used to send email is part of Netscape None of the above

a form of virus a screen saver program none of the previous

a backup server an email server a poor file server none

hardware browser none of the previous

scanner CD-ROM clip-art file search engine

is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit make of processor

used to send email used to browse the Web is part of Netscape

used to send email uses telephone lines is part of Netscape


Password cracking System intrusion Denial of Service Port sniffing

a form of virus a screen saver program none of the previous

IP flood UDP flood

hack packet flood traffic

firewall router switch hub

a backup server an email server a poor file server none of the above


must have a LAN accountcommon gateway interface

application protocol interface

a Novell Interface Controller




have to do with Web pages





used to browse the Web


uses wireless communication medium used to protect a

computer room from fires and floods

IR system for the Internet

provides access to the Internet is a protocol for the

transfer of files between computersis a protocol that allows for remote loginThe layers cannot

communicate with one another.









Virus that initiates a ping flood

Apply security patches Update virus definitions Limit logging on access

Use of identifiers Use of passwords

through an FTP port.

Phone E-mail Web traffic Application updates

A Trojan horse Adware A worm Spyware

Modems Protocols Multiplexors LAN

cookies and key loggers. key loggers and worms.

Giving out disinformation

Economic damage Disruption in supply lines


People Search Yahoo People Search USA People Search Lycos Search

Name of your bank Date of birth Personal assets Criminal records

Virus Fraud Adware Spyware

buy stocks. invest without risk.

Shill bidding Phishing Siphoning Hoaxing

Internet stalking. cyber stalking. virtual stalking. Web stalking.

pop-ups. cookies. spam. viruses.

Use a proxy server.

Encryption Logical access controls

I only II only Both I & II Neither I or II

irc ftp www telnet

Verifies integrity of files Increases boot up time

HTML Internet Explorer Microsoft Excel

Web query. HTML document. Web browser.

Backup data on a daily basis




ActiveX-enabled sites are safe.

Use of logical access methods

Use of encryption methods

by attaching to an e-mail. by attaching itself to a document.


cookies and Trojan horses.

Trojan horses and key loggers.




Disruption in communication

All of the above are correct.












purchase off-shore property.


Use a fake e-mail address.

Never use your real identity.

Use anti-spyware software.

Physical Security controls



Misleads a program recompilationboth HTML and Internet Explorer

round trip HTML document.

.co in used for company None of the above

round trip HTML. HTML. one way HTML.

XML. HTML. DHTML. MHTML

the Refresh command the Update command

Hyperlink Screensaver Sound Video

BMP GIF JPEG TIFF


extranet. intranet. privileged network. network topology

an attachment. a signature. a footer. an encryption.

VoIP IPT IPP PoIP

Modem CD-ROM Telephone line None of the above

File Transfer Program File Transfer Protocol None of the above

None of the above

193.1.2.3 45.1.1.1 143.215.12.19 None of the above

paul.domain.uk None of the above

The US government Scientists in Switzerland No-one None of the above

Internet Relay Chat None of the above

It will be deleted None of the above

None of the above

High volumes of email None of the above

clipart & auto shapes slide view & outline view none of the above

circles points squares icons

square image grid guide

tool bars short cut menus auto shapes all the above

.com is used for company

.con is used for companies

the World Wide Web Consortium



clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your

viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.Click on the Back arrow

until the desired site is found




the Insert Hyperlink command

the External Data command








File Transmission Protocol


So IP addresses can be shorter

So email is delivered faster

paul .trigg @ domain. org. uk

[email protected]

International Relay of Characters

Internet Remote Conversations





Hyper Text Mark-up LanguageReceiving messages

automatically from anyone in the group

People discussing a topic of interest globallyautolayouts and presentation templates

clip gallery & word art slide show & view show fonts & images none the above

wave file media clip .video file all the above

eof,false movelast,true movelast,false eof,true

properties window form layout window toolbox project explorer

bof,false movefirst,true movefirst,false bof,true

value() int() number() val()

circle rectangle square oval

true false

true false

fontcolor color forecolor none of the above

underline,true fontunderline,true textunderline,true none of the above

textsize size foresize fontsize

count recordcount itemcount listcount

form layout window prperties window project explorer toolbox

title prompt vbmsgboxstyle none of the above

msgbox() textbox label inputbox()

opendynaset opensnapshot dbopensnapshot dbopendynaset

load activate unload initialze

standard opaque transparent graphical

blue red green black

red green blue white

properties window form layout window toolbox project explorer window

properties window form layout window toolbox project explorer window

change lostfocus text gotfocus

child parent container none of the above

true false

one- millionth of a second

one-hundredth of a second

one-thousandth of a second

one-ten thousandth of a second

load unload initialize activate

text name caption none of the above

opendatabase dbengine openrecordset none of the above

enabled visible value style

dime dim var none of the above

.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx

Validate Validation Check Audit

On Error GoTo linelabel On Error GoTo Inline On Error Stop On Error Resume Next

UpdateControls PaintPicture Refresh Resize


1 2 3 None of the above

None of the above

None of the above

AutoRedraw = True AutoRedraw = False Refresh PaintPicture


FreeFile GetFileNum GetFile GetBytes

Retrieve Get GetProperty Value

Open dialog box Windows explorer Input box

Caption Visible Multi-Line Font

Click and KeyPress KeyUp and KeyDown

Ascii Format Binary Format Input Mode Output mode

CurrentX and CurrentY ScaleLeft and ScaleTop x and y

Property Get Property Assign Property Let Property Set

Caption property ZOrder property AutoRedraw property

Min Max Value CurrentVal






















Click, KeyUp and KeyDown




Shell Substr SetAttr CStr

Are one and the same Can be different at times None of the above

None of the above

The Open method The Exec method None of the above

A warning query icon A critical message icon An exclamation icon None of the above

statement. variable. intrinsic constant. built-in procedure.

Data can be entered.

Unload QueryUnload Deactivate Terminate

clipping tool cropping tool cutting tool scribble drawing tool

color palette color box color scheme color guide

ascent tricolor scheme color palette primary color scheme

10 28 18 36

column bar pie linear

images images and text slides slide sorter views

circular radar doughnut all the above

entity data point data stream

clip art auto shapes track changes

none of the above

box tools general purpose tools custom drawing tools standard drawing tools

turned on turned off available in the tool bar

once twice thrice any of the above

two four five eight

native tool draw tool standard tool all the above

autolayouts handlayouts slide view none of these

zoom reduce/enlarge preview none of the above




MyVar has not been declared The ExecProcedure method



InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement

MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function




Microsoft organization chartthe organization chart is expanded

the chart is made available for editing

the chart window opens displaying a chart template

used to mange organizational chart

accessed only by manager

used to create a manager box for an existing box

used to store the other tools of the organizational chart

not available in the tool bar

importing exporting copying moving

Microsoft excel auto shapes clip art drawing tools

.ppt(PowerPoint) .rtf(rich text format) .doc(document) .html(hypertext format)

nine only one six twelve

.rtf(rich text format) .wmf(windows metafile) .txt(plain text) .doc(document)

none of the above

DTS(digital track sound) 3D(3 dimension) both a and b transition

build transition slide show view show

notes master slide master master slide master notes

outline view slide view view show slide sorter view

15 inches,10 inches 10 inches,7.5 inches 7.5 inches,5 inches none the above

portrait landscape a or b none of the above

animation view show transition b or c

gif jpeg png none of the above

hyperlink hypertext action button all the above

visual c++ Microsoft visual interdev all the above

macro batch file templates add-ins

while creating a .exe file during slide transition none of the above

virus checkers spell checkers header files all the above

slide show custom show both a and b none of the above

slide pane notes pane properties pane outline pane

internet explorer paint shop pro paint shop pro power point 2000

not displayed during the slide show

displayed only during the slide show

displayed only in outline view

visual basic for application

when the slide show is run

PowerPoint creates a sample presentation to which user can add words and pictures

it is the quickest way to create a presentation

contains sample presentations for a variety of topics

provides suggested content and design

user can insert objects like clip-arts, pictures stored in a separate files to the slides

user can insert only pre-drawn, pre-colored graphic images reflected in a clip arts to the slides

user can insert picture to the master slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that master

user can insert picture to the title slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that title slidein outline view, drag the

slide icon to a new location

in slide sorter view, drag the slide to a new location

in notes pages view, drag the slide icon to a new location

I slide view, drag the slide icon to a new location

the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the titles, main text and any background

transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides

design templates is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation

the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and sub-title for the presentation is

with notes pages view user can prepare speaker notes and handouts

in outline view, user can see the miniatures of all slides in a presentation, complete with text and

user should select the slide view to add the text to the slide

the slides can be reordered in the outline view

slide layout customize new slide set up show

the master slide the slide master the header slide the format slide

office assistant spell checker grammar checker none of the above

10 12 102 22

once twice three four times

the Line style the Line color

Fill color Line color Line thickness

entered by the user.

Side-by-side column Stacked column Pie chart Line chart

Single click the chart. Double click the chart. Click outside the chart.

The chart is selected. The chart is deleted.

The chart is selected. The chart is deleted.

Subtle Moderate Exciting

Enter and exit Fly in from top or bottom

Enter Shift Alt Ctrl

Clips Organization charts Text

Paint program Draw program Filtering program Animation program


transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides

design template is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation

the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and subtitle for the presentation is

data to be graphed resides in a datasheet window

by default, doughnut chart is displayed based on the data in the datasheet

data is plotted in a chart window

user can add data labels and gridlines to the chart




text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.

the Font and the text alignment

Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment Fill color, Line color, and Line thickness


A popup box prompts you for an existing Excel chart to insert.

Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.

The graph placeholder is deleted.always taken from the

first row of data in the datasheet.

always taken from the first column of data in the datasheet.

taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether




Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard




You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.Change to Slide Sorter view.

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be


The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).


The application that created the chart is started.


Microsoft Graph will restart.




a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting






Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do


The advanced timeline shows the duration of the effect applied to each object.

The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the

The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on Clips, organization charts, and text

Fly in From top Dissolve in

OLTP. OLAP. OLST. OLIP.

[Enter+A] [Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z]

.vbg .vbp .frm .frx

add additem loaditem none of the above

load loadpicture addpicture none of the above

Drive1.Drive=Dir1.Path Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive File1.Path = Dir1.Path none of the above

messagebox() message() msgbox() none of the above

Dir1.Path=File1.Path Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive File1.Path = Dir1.Path File1.pattern=Dir1.path

openrecordset opendatabase recordcount count

update append addnew additem

append update additem addnew

movenext movelast moveprevious movefirst


Word 2000 Office 2000 Office 97 Back Office

click-n-type double click drag & drop none of the above

office clipboard cut select none of the above

shift+left and shift+right ctr+end and ctr+home none of the above

web layout, printlayout web layout, page layout none of the above

wizard templates none of the above

office assistant inbox assistant document assistant none of the above

Screen Tip Tool Tip Icon Tip Document Tip

tab stop marginal stop ruler none of the above

up arrow keys only page up keys only home and end keys only up and down arrow

left center decimal rotation






You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a

You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a






shift+end and shift+home

normal layout, web layout click from start program,

MSWord from the task menu

template model dialogs/alerts none of the above

increase indent decrease indent both A and B none of the above

special effect control tool box design wizard pictures

drawing toolbar control box database forms

1 2 0 11

page setup from the file print preview from the file none of the above

border shading style box none of the above

ctrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m

ctrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m

CTRL+SHIFT+F CTRL+O CTRL+SHIFT+S CTRL+SHIFT+P

ctrl+shift+f ctrl+o ctrl+shift+s ctrl+shift+p

Excel Access Both None of the above

True False

False True

Valid Signs Transaction type Limit Check Reasonableness

HLOOKUP VLOOKUP A or B None of the above

DDE OLE ODBC All of the above

None of above

None of above

To collect data To maintain security None of the above

Deleted from the disk Copied from the disk Saved to the disk Transferred from the disk

None of above

None of above

None of above

For technical support None of above

None of the above

Magnetic tape storage CD-ROM floppy disk Hard disk

printer setup from the file menu

Analysis translates program code of a high level language to machine code






To execute any programs


Users operate the computer system from a given date

Users operate the manual system The new system is

introduced alongside the existing system

The new system is introduced and users start operating it

Users continue operating the old system



User Guide and technical documentation To enable any printer to

be connected to the network





To do a particular task. None of the above

Data bus Auto bus Address bus Control Bus

FDDI BAD TED MAD

Data bus Auto bus Address bus Control Bus

binary form ASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form

were 7 bits 8 bits

4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits

1000 kilobytes 230 bytes 1024 bytes

32 registers 32 I/O devices 32 Mb of RAM

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte is the last bit in a byte

ROM RAM DRAM CROM

bits per second baud bytes Hertz

memory capacity memory access time

ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus

Power is switched off All of the above

a parallel interface a serial interface printer interface a modem interface

line printer dot matrix printer ink-jet printer laser printer.

is non-volatile

none of the previous


CRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays none of the previous

multitasking none of the previous


ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus

brochures magazines CD-ROM e-mail









More than 1000 mega bytes

a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registers







use variable size instructions



is faster to access than RAM

stores more information than RAM

is used for cache memoryincreased the storage

capacity of a computer system


provides backup power in the event of a power cut has more storage

capacity than an ATM card


contains a microprocessor


writing programs in multiple languages having several

softwares running at the same time



multitasking an operating system none of the above

multitasking multiprogramming multiuser none of the previous

NORMAL ONLINE LAYOUT PAGELAYOUT ONLINE DOCUMENT

ctrl+m ctrl+2 ctrl+end ctrl+home

ctrl+v or ins ctrl+c or ins ctrl+x or ins ctrl+v or Del

ctrl+2 ctrl+5 ctrl+1 none of the above

Text Box Frame AutoShape Border

Header and Footer Screen Tips Page Layout none of the above

Chart WordArt Auto Shapes File

Borders Shading WordArt Bullets

clear remove all remove clear all

picture bullets dialog box arrow bullet dialog box circle bullet dialog box none dialog box

charts WordArt AutoShapes files

doc1 document1 new document default document

thesaurus hyphenation mail merge none of t he above

shift+f7 thesaurus menu shift+f8 tools+spelling menu

first second first row last cell of the t able

tab end enter none of the above

convert text to table convert data to table table auto format option none of the above

row rows & columns records none of the above

AutoCorrect AutoFormat style gallery none of the above

Mail Merging Macro Data Source none of the above

basic visual basic vj++ visual FoxPro

shift+f8 shift+f7 alt+f8 alt+f5

web layout view online layout view browser none of the above

email client outlook express micro soft outlook hotmail

html xml sgml vb script


internet intranet arpanet LAN

left decimal justified top

true false

true false

true false

drag & drop click -n-type Double Click none of the above

true false

left justified hanging top

true false

true false

true false

true false

Master Document Child Document Hyperlink Document none of the above

Print Layout View Page Layout Outline Layout none of the above

Insert Mode Type Over mode Remove none of the above

press the return key press the tab key press the escape key just keep typing

layers and planes lines and spaces height and width rows and columns

tab enter/return backspace/ delete shift

grammar checker spell checker thesaurus outliner

send pictures to a friend

Print all From ___ To ____ Page setup Print preview

field name must be listed in the same order as the corresponding information in the data

the field separators in a header source and the data source can not be set as paragraph

field names in the header source must match any merge fields you've inserted in the

the number of fields names in the header source must be the same as the number of it is not possible to

change the height of only selected rows of a table

auto format option applies to the entire table and not only to the selected rows or

by default cell height and weight option applies to all the rows and columns of a table

delete cells option allows to delete the entire row or a column or shift cells up or shifts cells left

A new section is created in order to change properties like number of columns

In order to type a header from the third page of the document a section break is inserted after t

If a header is inserted in the second section then the same header is applicable to the first

A section is a portion of a document in which certain page formatting option can be set

automatically corrects common typing, spelling errors

prohibits the user from renaming an auto correct entry

automatically corrects the grammatically errors

with t he caps lock key accidentally turned on reverses the case of the letters that were

password can not include spaces

password protected document can be opened without password as read only

password are not case sensitive

password can be upto 15 characters long

a .ppt file can not not be inserted at specified position in the current document

a document file can be inserted in the current document at specified position

a multiple documents files can be inserted in the single document

an .xls data can not be inserted at specified position in the current document




Enter Copy Retrieve Save

closing tabbing spacing sorting

database graphing word processing spreadsheet

To analyse figures Storing information None of the above

subscript annotation clip art clipboard

To analyse figures Storing information Making Calculations


None of the above

Browser clip-art file microphone digital scanner

None of the above

6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point

2½ inches. 2¾ inches. 3 inches. impossible to determine.

Mainly text None of the above

Thesaurus Spell Checker Grammar Checker Find and Replace

Paste Replace Select all AutoCorrect

Copy, then paste Cut, then paste Delete, then paste Insert, then paste

Dictionary Grammar check Spell check Thesaurus

Fields Tools Forms Insert


Creating and editing documentsSpelling, grammar and autocorrect






Designated area on the document Mouse, printer and

processing system keyboard?









Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the







To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person

To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered

To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making

To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one



A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the

Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document. Through the Edit menu

by choosing Track Changes command




The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any

The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any

The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version









Check boxes Toggle button Text fields A drop-down list

None of the above

Press tab. Press Return. Copy and paste. Insert page break.

text. graphics. forms. numbers.

header/footer. bibliography. find/search. macro.

Copy button Paste button Format Painter button

Fault Finding Bug Squashing Error Injecting Debugging

Insert Tools Format Edit

changing the color.

The number of columns

6 10 12 72

One Two Three Four

A serif font at 10 points A serif font at 20 points

2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches

Field Record Both None of the above

Horizontal Vertical A or B None of the Above

Duplicate Value Combined Value Gaps All of the above

Cross Tabulate Filter Merge None of the above

RAND() VLOOKUP() HLOOKUP() None of the above

TRUE FALSE

TRUE FALSE

Unusual Strange A or B None of the above

exception testing comparison of data duplicates testing All of the above










a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are





underlining the text of the pull quote.The reverse technique

means to add dark text on a light background.


A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital

A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in









A sans serif font at 45 pointsIt depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.

True False

True False

Limit Sequence Range Both B & C

related to virtual reality a form of ROM a form of VRAM none of the previous

same as multitasking multiuser

save the file set up a password make a backup copy

to calculate numbers to print sheets of paper

Uses Cobol uses Java uses C++ none of the previous.

106 sec 103 sec 1012 sec 109 sec

a keypad a mouse a frog a message pad

a cursor a scroll bar a light pen a magic marker

Formula Algorithm Program Data

Assembler Compiler Artificial Intelligence Parity Checker

Memory protection Parity Checking Range checking Validation

search each file in turn use the backup facility use find and replace

Network Program System Modem

Multiprocessing Time sharing Multiprogramming Multiplexing

ROM RAM Floppy Disk Magnetic Disk

Firmware Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware

Firmware Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware

Sequential Hashed Indexed Random

Operating System ALU CPU Primary Storage

Tracks and Sectors Blocks and Sectors Files and Tracks Schema and subschema

same as multiprogramming

involves using more than one processor at the same timeuse a virus protection programto read from or write

information to a floppy disk

to display information or pictures on a screen




an instruction that has been transferred from memory.








the address of the next instruction to be executed






File, record, field Element, field, file

Valid character check Systems logs Parity check

Sound card. CD-ROM MIDI interface Serial interface

Text Pictures Sound Video

Laser Dot matrix Ink-jet Drum

replaced regularly never updated updated regularly updated once a year

Database Document processor Graphics package Spreadsheet

simplify file structures

512 1024 4096 8192

loss of confidentiality duplication of data virus infection loss of data

TCP/IP HTML IPX/SPX NetBEUI

files can be shared

a file name a subdirectory the root directory the hard drive

universal port serial up-line provider service uniform page source

data. documents. information. text.

None of the above

To fill the log register It is mandatory in tally None of the bove

assist in maintenance speed up access allow encryption

None of the above

input. output. processing. All of the above

None of the above

specialist or functional enterprise local

name the file identify the file identify the file type

preventive controls. detective controls. corrective controls.

external hashing static hashing dynamic hashing extensible hashing

Character, field, database

Database, character, recordMaintenance diagnostic program




recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer queries.

get into the system quickly

make efficient use of time

retain confidentiality of files


printer can do 1000s of pages a day


uninterruptable power supply









prevent unauthorised access

senior executive support for IT.


IT understands the business




Application Service Provider ensure the filename is not lost

All of the above are parts of IS controls.

A: (a) , (b), (d) B: (a) to (d) C: (a), (b), (c) D: (b), (c), (d)

corrective controls preventive controls detective controls general controls

Component Interface Settings Control

(a), (c), (d) (b), (c), (d) (a) to (d) (a), (b), (c)


Create the files again.

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d)

detective controls organisational controls preventive controls corrective controls

(a), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d)

problem logging call lights resolution procedures

unit testing data testing thread testing loop testing

(b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d)

benchmark testing specifications matching parallel operations system walkthroughs

Multiplexer. Peripheral processors. Concentrator. Job control language.

(a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a), (c), (d)

architectural design interface design procedural design data design

Client-server Client Computer network Hub

Star Bus Mesh Ring

Star Bus Ring All of the above

Direct Sequential Binary Indexed

Computer operations.

Parity errors will result

Data path part Control Unit Address calculation part Input output channel

Distributed systems Local Area network Wide area network Protocol



Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.

Ask the person next to you.

Use the Find or Search feature.

Put your hand up and ask the teacher

program change requests












A sequential file on a disk

A sequential file on a tape

A direct access file on a disk

A direct access file on a tapeTapes can only be read

by the machine on which they are written


Data record can never be blocked together

Mixer Modem Multiplexor Time sharing computer

Packs data in a disk file

Planetary network Ring Network Loop Network Star Network

Office Automation Executor systems Electronic mailing Instant post-office

A dumb workstation An intelligent workstation A personal computer A mainframe PC

Time of day control locks Encryption algorithms Parity checks All of them

Type of cable Terminal Standard Communication protocol

None of the above

None of the above

CRC Baudot ASCII EBCDIC

None of the above

Modem Demodulator Time Division Multiplexor

High-level languages Middle-level languages Low-level languages None of the above

It is less error prone Uses only one path

None of the above

Specification and design System Analysis Testing None of the above

Fiber Optics Coaxial Cable Common carrier Telephone Lines

None of the above

A cache An interface A buffer An online protocol

None of the above

Star Packet Ring Bus

10101010 1100101 1010101 None of the above

Parity Retransmission Cyclic Redundancy Hash Count


Port Modem Multiplexor Acoustic coupler




Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data processing such as input


Aids in back-up procedures

Speeds up online printing

Device interconnect standardA compiler does a

conversion line by line as the program is run

A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one







An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient executionFrequency division multiplexor

It is faster than parallel communication

It is less prone to attenuation

Financial sector and engineering














Data warehouse Data Mining tools All of them

memory capacity memory access time



4C5 1B7 5C4 None of the above

4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits

Basic Coding Description Binary Coded Decimal Bit Code Design None of the above

1024 bits 1000 bytes 210 bits 210 bytes



Mouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad None of the above

used to detect errors is the first bit in a byte is the last bit in a byte

Its moves like a mouse It has ears None of the above

bits per second baud bytes Hertz

Touch screen Light pen Joystick None of the above

BPS MIPS MHz VLSI

Printing letters Tracing diagrams Reading bar codes None of the above

OCR MICR barcode scanning voice recognition

Touch screen Hard disk CD-ROM drive None of the above


Refillable ink Pencil lead Light sensitive elements None of the above

100K 1.44 Mb 5 Mb 1 Gb

hardware software output input

Mouse Keyboard Numeric Keypad Printer

Touch screen Light pen Joystick Scanner

Printing letters Tracing Diagrams Reading Bar Codes Digital Signatures

Data management systemssecondary storage capacity


used to indicate uppercase lettersBecause it squeaks when moved




Touch screen Hard disk Keyboard CD ROM Drive

Mouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader Keyboard

Credit card Mouse Speakers Printer

Writing on a hard board Printed output Back-up on a Cartridge

Coloured spots Pixels Pixies Pickers

Printer Storage device Pointing device CD-ROM

Mouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader None of the above

CRT displays LCD displays SSGA displays none of the previous

screen layout mouse button layout keyboard layout

Mouse Bar code reader Optical mark reader None of the above

hardware language interpreter software interface an operating system

Credit card Speakers Smart card None of the above

multitasking none of the previous


multitasking an operating system none of the above

multitasking multiprogramming Multi-user none of the previous

Vishwajeet Deep Blue Param Arjun

is caused by wear caused by overuse is due to bad disk blocks none of the previous

a fast interpreter none of the previous

Drum Printer Dot - Matrix Printer Desk - jet Printer Thermal Printer

encrypting it decrypting it compressing it transmitting it

None of above

Electrically charged ink Thermal Paper An ink pen

mainframe technology LAN technology WAN technology Unix operating system

10-6 sec 10-3 sec 10-12 sec 10-9 sec







writing programs in multiple languagesTo run more than one program at the same time

First - generation computers.

Second - generation computers.

Third - generation computers.









Vital information resource under siege

Virtual information reader & user system


Limit checks Control figures External file labels Cross footing tests

application system operating system communication

project model pilot project process

multiprocessing multithreading multiplexing multitasking

mainframes super computers micro computers none of the above

control unit arithmetic and logic unit central processing unit none of the above

band printer drum printer non impact printer none of the above

data management word processing electronic spreadsheet none of the above

integrated software communication software idea processor none of the above

my computer recycle bin Microsoft exchange none of the above

field file record none of the above

assembly language machine language high level language none of the above

terminator symbol processed symbol connector symbol input/output symbol

PC-at hp vectra system fazitsu vp200 series IBM-PC

multiprocessing multithreading multiplexing none of the above

"dumb terminals" dumb servers dummy terminals dummy servers

wan windows NT LAN

host server back end front end

host server back end front end

PC LAN distributed computing centralized

server processing host processing dumb processing data processing

four one two many

file management system


repairing redo logging disk defragmentation disk mirroring

Code/De-code Module/De-module None of the above

fixes locks constraints traps

distributed computing system

hierarchical database system

network database system


Modulation/Demodulation


Linear area networks Local area networks Local array of networks. None of the above

task process thread client-server

None of the above.

Ethernet Internet ARPANET None of the above.

visual basic power builder SQL * plus all of the above

MAN WAN GAN None of the above.

None of the above.

Cells Bits Packets None of the above.

None of the above.

Transfer Protocol Transmission protocol Hyper text None of the above.

Aggregate transfer mode Area transfer mode None of the above.

File server Printer server Receiver None of the above.

platform configuration package system

MAN and WAN LAN and WAN LAN and MAN LAN WAN and MAN

ISDN ATM Internet Intranet

None of the above.

Web based Training Web based Technology Web based Transport Web based Transaction

Bridges Routers Protocol Repeaters

procedure batch command program

alpha numeric alpha beta numerous alpha number and alpha

size, performance, cost

mini computers microprocessors PCs mainframes

input output feed write

multiprocessing multithreading multiplexing multitasking

interpreter compiler converter process

input processor ram output










Asynchronous transfer mode


Internal Services Design Network

Integrated Services Digital Network


cost, performance their ratio


impact printers drum printers thermal printers

operating system application software windows 95 interpreter

batch protocols software's procedures

processor compiler assembler coder

compiler interpreter assembler processor

non-impact desktop printers





ans

A

A

A

B

C

B

B

A

A

A

D

A

D

A

B

D

C

A

B

B

A

C

A

C

B

B

B

B

B

D

A

B

A

B

B

B

B

C

A

C

A

A

C

A

C

A

A

B

B

A

C

C

B

A

D

C

A

A

B

B

C

B

A

C

A

C

A

B

A

A

B

A

C

A

A

C

A

C

C

C

B

B

B

C

C

B

D

A

B

C

A

C

A

A

A

C

C

B

A

A

A

A

B

A

B

C

A

B

C

B

B

A

B

B

A

A

B

B

B

A

C

C

B

A

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

A

D

B

D

A

A

A

A

D

A

D

A

A

A

D

B

B

A

A

A

A

A

B

D

B

B

D

C

A

A

B

B

A

A

B

A

B

B

A

B

B

D

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

A

A

B

A

C

D

B

D

A

A

A

B

A

A

B

A

A

A

D

A

C

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

D

A

A

D

A

A

A

B

A

D

A

D

B

B

D

D

D

A

D

D

D

A

B

D

D

C

C

A

C

B

D

A

B

C

C

A

D

B

C

C

D

B

C

A

A

B

A

A

C

A

D

D

B

D

A

B

A

C

B

C

A

C

A

A

B

B

A

A

C

B

C

B

B

A

A

D

A

D

D

B

B

B

B

C

A

A

D

B

B

B

A

C

C

B

A

C

C

B

B

A

A

A

A

A

D

B

A

B

D

D

A

A

C

B

A

C

A

B

A

A

B

B

B

B

A

B

C

A

A

B

B

B

A

C

B

A

B

D

B

B

B

A

C

D

A

A

A

B

B

D

B

B

B

A

A

A

A

D

A

C

A

B

A

B

A

C

B

C

B

B

D

B

A

A

A

B

B

A

A

C

B

A

C

A

A

A

C

B

C

D

D

B

B

D

C

B

C

C

D

C

B

A

C

C

C

C

C

C

D

A

C

A

C

C

B

A

B

B

A

B

B

C

D

D

D

C

C

C

B

B

C

C

A

D

D

A

B

C

B

D

D

A

D

B

C

D

D

A

B

C

A

B

D

D

A

C

D

C

C

D

B

D

A

B

A

B

D

C

A

D

B

C

A

C

D

C

C

A

D

C

A

A

A

B

A

C

B

D

A

A

A

A

C

D

D

A

D

C

D

B

D

B

D

A

D

C

B

C

B

C

D

C

A

A

D

D

A

A

C

B

D

A

A

B

B

C

A

A

B

B

A

A

B

B

B

D

A

C

A

C

C

C

B

C

C

C

B

A

C

B

D

C

C

D

C

C

D

D

C

C

C

B

C

B

A

B

B

B

B

A

A

B

B

B

B

A

B

A

A

B

B

C

B

B

A

B

B

B

B

D

D

A

D

A

B

B

A

C

C

B

B

D

B

B

A

B

C

C

C

B

C

A

C

C

C

B

B

C

C

B

C

D

B

A

B

B

A

C

B

B

C

B

A

A

D

B

C

C

B

B

B

B

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

B

B

C

B

B

A

C

B

C

D

A

D

A

C

B

A

A

A

C

A

B

C

D

A

A

D

A

B

A

A

C

A

B

B

C

D

D

B

B

C

A

C

B

D

D

A

B

C

D

C

B

D

A

A

A

A

C

A

B

A

A

B

B

C

A

D

A

D

C

B

B

A

B

B

C

A

A

D

A

D

B

A

C

A

D

C

D

D

A

A

C

A

B

C

D

D

C

B

A

C

B

C

A

B

C

B

C

B

B

C

D

B

D

A

D

B

C

D

C

B

B

D

C

B

A

B

C

D

D

C

C

D

A

D

B

B

C

D

A

C

B

A

C

A

B

B

A

B

B

A

B

C

A

B

A

D

A

B

B

C

A

B

C

C

B

A

C

B

D

B

B

C

A

C

D

B

B

B

B

A

D

A

A

B

C

B

B

D

A

B

C

B

C

A

D

B

B

C

C

B

A

C

D

B

C

A

A

D

A

D

D

D

D

C

D

A

D

D

C

A

C

D

A

C

B

D

C

B

D

B

D

D

B

C

D

D

D

D

D

B

A

B

D

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

B

B

B

A

C

D

B

C

A

C

C

C

A

B

A

A

B

B

A

D

B

C

A

A

C

C

B

C

C

B

A

B

D

D

D

D

D

A

A

C

B

D

C

D

B

C

D

D

C

D

B

D

D

A

D

C

A

D

C

B

C

B

B

A

D

A

A

D

D

A

B

A

D

D

A

B

D

C

D

B

A

C

C

B

A

B

C

D

B

C

B

C

C

A

C

A

C

A

C

A

B

A

C

C

C

B

C

B

B

B

B

B

A

B

C

B

A

D

A

A

C

B

A

A

D

D

B

A

C

A

B

D

D

D

B

C

D

B

D

B

B

B

B

B

B

D

D

D

C

C

B

D

B

C

D

A

D

D

D

C

B

D

C

D

A

D

B

B

B

D

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

B

C

A

A

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

B

D

D

B

C

A

A

A

A

A

A

D

A

C

B

A

B

D

B

C

C

B

D

A

B

A

C

C

A

B

B

A

B

D

D

A

A

A

A

D

B

A

D

B

D

A

D

B

D

B

C

C

B

A

D

B

D

C

C

A

B

A

B

A

A

A

D

D

A

C

B

A

A

A

A

A

B

A

B

B

A

A

A

A

A

B

C

A

D

A

A

A

B

A

B

B

A

B

A

A

B

A

A

B

A

D

D

B

C

D

B

C

B

C

B

C

B

C

C

B

D

C

B

B

A

D

B

B

B

A

C

D

D

A

B

A

A

C

B

C

C

D

C

A

C

D

C

A

A

D

D

D

B

C

D

D

A

A

C

A

B

A

A

C

D

A

A

B

D

D

B

B

D

D

B

C

A

D

A

B

B

B

A

B

D

D

B

C

A

C

B

A

C

C

A

D

B

A

C

D

C

C

D

A

B

D

C

A

A

A

A

C

B

D

A

B

D

D

A

C

C

B

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

A

D

B

D

A

B

A

C

A

D

B

B

C

C

C

A

B

D

C

A

D

C

B

C

D

B

D

A

A

C

C

D

C

C

B

C

C

B

B

B

C

A

A

C

B

B

B

B

A

A

B

D

A

A

A

A

B

D

D

C

B

B

B

A

C

C

B

A

B

C

B

A

B

A

B

B

A

B

C

B

C

A

A

B

C

A

A

C

C

B

C

A

C

B

D

B

D

C

D

D

D

A

B

C

B

B

B

C

B

B

B

D

A

D

D

C

A

B

A

D

B

D

B

B

B

B

C

C

B

D

B

C

C

C

C

B

B

A

B

A

C

A

B

D

A

C

D

A

D

D

D

C

D

B

C

B

C

q_id q_desc op1

PP1 In Powerpoint2000 ,the built-in professional design elements are clipart & auto shapes

PP2 circles

PP3 square

PP4 tool bars

PP5 clip gallery & word art

PP6 _______ is a motion picture or any animation file wave file

PP7 The user can use ______ to remove the undesirable part of the image clipping tool

PP8 The power presentation has a _____ for a set of compatible colors color palette

PP9 ascent

There are ______ types of charts available in PowerPoint 10

column

_______ are the individual pages of a presentation images

circular

Each individual piece of data in a series is called a/an entity

PowerPoint launches an OLE-compatible application called

box tools

Manager box tool in organizational chart window is

The custom drawing tools are _______ by default turned on

Click on the box tool ______ to draw three boxes once

two

native tool

A/An _______ consists of smaller printed version of the slides autolayouts

The size of the object can be changed using the ______ tool zoom

importing

________ can be used to create charts as well as worksheets Microsoft excel

Selection handles are the 8 small ___________ that appear around the object, when an object is selectedThe _______ is an invisible matrix of vertical and horizontal lines that covers the entire slide workspace_______ are drop-down menus that appear when the right mouse button is clicked on the screen element________ and ______ have the ability to add a lot of visual impact into the PowerPoint presentation

The set three colors used for graphs and for secondary slide items is called as

PP10PP11

_______ charts are useful while showing variations over a period of time

PP12PP13

A PIE Chart is a ____ diagram that depicts the relationship between a whole and its parts

PP14PP15

Microsoft organization chart

PP16

When the user double-clicks on an organization chart object in PowerPoint

the organization chart is expanded

PP17

The _____ are used for selecting, editing and viewing objects in the chart

PP18

used to mange organizational chart

PP19PP20PP21

There are ____ default fields available in all boxes of the organizational chart

PP22

The _____ tool is used in the same way as we use a pen to draw a table

PP23PP24PP25

_______ is the process through which the slides in the current presentation are included in another presentation or application

PP26

.ppt(PowerPoint)

PowerPoint outlines can have _____ outline levels nine

.rtf(rich text format)

The hidden slide is

____ effect is used to introduce a slide during a slide show

build

The notes page is formatted based on the notes master

Pick the odd man out of the following outline view

15 inches,10 inches

portrait

Build effect is also called as ______ animation

Graphics for web pages are automatically stored in ____ format gif

A _______ is used to jump to any slide in the presentation hyperlink

The ______ language has been incorporated into PowerPoint visual c++

macro

The macro will be activated

virus checkers

slide show

slide pane

If we save the presentation file as a metafile, it can be opened using internet explorer

Which of the following statement is not TRUE

Which of the following definitions are not true

Which of the following statements are not true

Which of the following definitions are not true

The options available in the common task toolbar does not include slide layout

PP27

PowerPoint can import text files that have been saved in ______ format

PP28PP29

When a file is saved with _____ extension, the graphics and text are also saved along with the slide

PP30

not displayed during the slide show

PP31

DTS(digital track sound)

PP32

A _____ is a special effect that determines how the objects appear on the slide

PP33PP34PP35

When a new presentation is opened ,powerpoint creates slides that have a width of _____ and a height of ______ with the landscape orientation

PP36

The default orientation for notes ,handouts and outlines is ____ orientation

PP37PP38PP39PP40PP41

In PowerPoint _____ is a series of commands that are executed in sequence

PP42

while creating a .exe file

PP43

Developers can easily add ____ to PowerPoint 2000 by using the programming interface

PP44

______ determines the order in which order in which the slides will be displayed during the show

PP45

_______ is used to organize and develop the contents of a presentation

PP46PP47

With reference to autocontent wizard for creating a new presentation, which of the following statements are not true

PowerPoint creates a sample presentation to which user can add words and pictures

PP48

user can insert objects like clip-arts, pictures stored in a separate files to the slides

PP49

With reference to changing the order of slides, which of the following statement is not true

in outline view, drag the slide icon to a new location

PP50


PP51

with notes pages view user can prepare speaker notes and handouts

PP52


PP53

With reference to chart, which of the following statements are not true

the master slide

office assistant

PowerPoint's drawing toolbar contains _______ drawing tools 10

once

the Line style

Fill color

The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:

Side-by-side column

Single click the chart.

What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active? The chart is selected.

What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active? The chart is selected.

Using custom animation effects, you can build:

Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide? Subtle

Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide? Enter and exit

Enter

Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:

Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects? Clips

Paint program

Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide? Fly in

Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?

PP54

data to be graphed resides in a datasheet window

PP55

The format of the text entered in a title, subtitle, or bulleted-list object is determined by the format settings in a special slide called --------

PP56

PowerPoint provides a _________ that searches the entire presentation i.e., all the text objects in all the slides, outlines, notes and handouts for spelling errors

PP57PP58

Click _______ on the rectangle drawing tools enables us to draw multiple rectangles

PP59

An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include


PP60

Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?

PP61

Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?

PP62

What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?


PP63

always taken from the first row of data in the datasheet.

PP64

Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?

PP65

Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?


PP66

If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?


PP67

How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?

PP68

What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet

PP69PP70PP71


PP72PP73PP74

Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?

PP75


PP76

Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?


PP77PP78


PP79PP80


OLTP.

[Enter+A]

PP81

Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:

PP82

Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?

You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a

PP83

Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?

op2 op3 op4

slide view & outline view none of the above

points squares icons

image grid guide

short cut menus auto shapes all the above

slide show & view show fonts & images none the above

media clip .video file all the above

cropping tool cutting tool scribble drawing tool

color box color scheme color guide

tricolor scheme color palette primary color scheme

28 18 36

bar pie linear

images and text slides slide sorter views

radar doughnut all the above

data point data stream

clip art auto shapes track changes

none of the above

general purpose tools custom drawing tools standard drawing tools

accessed only by manager

turned off not available in the tool bar available in the tool bar

twice thrice any of the above

four five eight

draw tool standard tool all the above

handlayouts slide view none of these

reduce/enlarge preview none of the above

exporting copying moving

auto shapes clip art drawing tools

autolayouts and presentation templates

the chart is made available for editing

the chart window opens displaying a chart template

used to create a manager box for an existing box

used to store the other tools of the organizational chart

.rtf(rich text format) .doc(document) .html(hypertext format)

only one six twelve

.wmf(windows metafile) .txt(plain text) .doc(document)

displayed only in outline view none of the above

3D(3 dimension) both a and b transition

transition slide show view show

slide master master slide master notes

slide view view show slide sorter view

10 inches,7.5 inches 7.5 inches,5 inches none the above

landscape a or b none of the above

view show transition b or c

jpeg png none of the above

hypertext action button all the above

visual basic for application Microsoft visual interdev all the above

batch file templates add-ins

during slide transition when the slide show is run none of the above

spell checkers header files all the above

custom show both a and b none of the above

notes pane properties pane outline pane

paint shop pro paint shop pro power point 2000

customize new slide set up show

displayed only during the slide show

it is the quickest way to create a presentation

contains sample presentations for a variety of topics

provides suggested content and design

user can insert only pre-drawn, pre-colored graphic images reflected in a clip arts to the slides

user can insert picture to the master slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that master slide

user can insert picture to the title slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that title slide

in slide sorter view, drag the slide to a new location

in notes pages view, drag the slide icon to a new location

I slide view, drag the slide icon to a new locationtransition means applying

special effects to the crossover between the slides

design templates is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation

the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and sub-title for the presentation is called a title

in outline view, user can see the miniatures of all slides in a presentation, complete with text and graphics

user should select the slide view to add the text to the slide

the slides can be reordered in the outline viewtransition means applying

special effects to the crossover between the slides

design template is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation

the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and subtitle for the presentation is called a title template

data is plotted in a chart window

the slide master the header slide the format slide

spell checker grammar checker none of the above

12 102 22

twice three four times

the Line color the Font and the text alignment

Line color Line thickness

The graph placeholder is deleted.

entered by the user.

Stacked column Pie chart Line chart

Double click the chart. Click outside the chart. Change to Slide Sorter view.

The chart is deleted. The chart is doubled in size.

The chart is deleted. The chart is doubled in size. Microsoft Graph will restart.


Moderate Exciting Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting

Fly in from top or bottom

Shift Alt Ctrl


Organization charts Text

Draw program Filtering program Animation program

From top Dissolve in

by default, doughnut chart is displayed based on the data in the datasheet

user can add data labels and gridlines to the chart



text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment Fill color, Line color, and Line thicknessA popup box prompts you for

an existing Excel chart to insert.

Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.always taken from the first

column of data in the datasheet.

taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether the data series are in rows or columns.



Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar, or pull down the Insert



You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.

A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be embedded in


The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).The application that created the chart is started.


a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word at a time.




Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do after they appear on The advanced timeline shows

the duration of the effect applied to each object.

The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the duration of the effect applied to

The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide, nor the duration of the effect Clips, organization charts, and text





OLAP. OLST. OLIP.

[Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z]

You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a diagram.



ans

B

C

C

B

A

B

A

C

A

C

A

C

A

B

A

C

C

C

B

C

B

B

B

B

B

A

B

C

B

A

D

A

A

C

B

A

A

D

D

B

A

C

A

B

D

D

D

B

C

D

B

D

B

B

B

B

B

B

D

D

D

C

C

B

D

B

C

D

A

D

D

D

C

B

D

C

D

A

D

B

B

B

D

q_id q_desc

IN90 The two major browsers used to surf the Internet are ________,_______IN91 Special characters allow browsers to display _________________

IN92

IN93IN94 The initial web pages present in a web site is the ________ page.IN95 The image format supported by most browsers is________________.

IN96 The components of a URL are ___________

IN97

IN98

IN99 CGI stands for ____________IN100 Host name indicates the domain name of the web ________IN101 The internet is also called as _______________IN102 The internet is similar to _________________IN103 The net drivers______ from one place to anotherIN1 The World Wide Web was devised by _________

IN2 The useful URL schemes are_____ and______

IN3 The other ways of getting connected to the net are_____IN4 BBS stands for______IN5 USENET is a BBS on ____ scaleIN6 WINSOCKS is expanded as______IN7 IETF Level 2 HTML DTD supports graphical browsers like _______

IN8 The space used by Netscape to store the retrieved page is called______IN9 The URL for encyclopedia Britannica is_________IN10 _______ maps IP addresses with the domain names of the sitesIN11 Internet can be defined as _______IN12 The most important service of the ______ is to manage traffic control

IN13

IN14IN15 URL stands for ____________IN16 IN an URL the word before the color refers to _______IN17 A ______ always begins with a slashIN18 Prodigy is run by IBM and ______IN19 The World Wide Web is referred to shortly as the _______IN20 Gopher and WAIS enables the user to ______IN21 ______ is the program used to run CompuServe's regular services

The keyword for providing links within or across documents is____________

Stringing pages together using hypertext technology helps view pages _______________

The mail we send has a mailing address and most of them correspond to_____,_____ and

Which of the following is not supported by internet explorer _______________

_________is a program that displays information about a host connected to the net

_______ is a program or a tool that helps in locating a file anywhere on the net

IN22 Navigating through the menu of gopher is called moving around _______

IN23

IN24IN25 The web maps are called _______IN26 Directories consists of _______ levelsIN27 The _____ level gives the broadcast overview of the netIN28 The huge list of keywords from important items is called ______

IN29 The two types of search in veronica are _____ and ______IN30 _______ searches by keywords

IN31IN32 ______ supports one button publishIN33 SPY MOSAIC is distributed by_______IN34 ______ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks

IN35 HTTP is the acronym for __________IN36 ______is used to transfer and copy files over the internetIN37 _____ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks

IN38 TCP/IP stands for ________________IN39 Archie servers can be accessed in_______ different ways in internet

IN40IN41 TIA stands for_____ in internet

IN42

IN43 HTTP stands for______IN44 ________ is used to link pages in the world wide webIN45 FAQ stands for ______

IN46

IN47

IN48 WSIRC stands for______IN49 Two of the important browsers are_____ and_____IN50 Lynx is a _______ programme that works with terminalsIN51 The huge list of keywords from important items is called an_____

IN52 VERONICA is an acronym for _______________

IN53 The first freenet is created at the_____ and is called______IN54 ________ are defined as ways of communication amongst networks

The directories that come with built-in engines are yahoo,lycos and ______

To use the finger command,SLIP users must run a programme called______

Mosaic displays links in color whereas _____ does not display links in color

_______is the computer on the internet that translates between the internet domain names and the internet numeric address

Service indicates the name of the ________ used to access data, present on the other end of the link.

The internet adapter is a programme that makes our connection act like a _____or a ____ account

The step involved in Communicating between the web clients and servers is ______________

IN55 ______and_____ are web searching featuresIN56 WINWAIS has two source lists namely____ and______IN57 ________ is also called as WAIS manager

IN58 HTML stands for_____IN59 The system of interlinked documents is known as_______

IN60

IN61

IN62IN63 GNN stands for______IN64 _____ is the most popular internet service

IN65 The online service offered by navigator gold 2.0 are _______ and_____

IN66

IN67 The databases to enable keyword search using Lycos are a2z,_______IN68 ______ is a large worldwide bulletin board service network

IN69 BABEL consists a glossary of _____

IN70IN71 Yahoo,lycos,excite and webcrawlers are _____

IN72 GIF is the acronym for ____________

IN73 JPEG is the acronym for ___________IN74 The Web aids users to explore the ________IN75 The three most popular mailer are_____,_____ and______IN76 The World Wide Web consists of _________

IN77

IN78IN79 CGI is the _________ between web browsers and servers

IN80

IN81 A CGI program is usually called after a request made by the _________

IN82 URL stands for ________IN83 A hyperlink can be on ___________IN84 HTML was derived from _________IN85 SGML is a _________IN86 PINE stands for _____________

The small programmes that create animation,multimedia,real-time games and multi user games are called______

The information displayed on the web page includes______,_____ and_____

The web pages that represent online home of their author are called______

_______ is a program or a tool that helps us find a file anywhere on the net

Dictionaries,encyclopaedias,government and other references are found in ______

In Microsoft Internet Explorer, the color of the text can be specified using _________ attribute of the font tag.

The interface that provides effective communication between the web browsers and servers is _________

CGI programs are invoked based on the information provided by the _________

IN87IN88 Web is a collection of ___________

IN89 IETF stands for ________

IN104 The net provides interesting services like______,______ and______

IN105IN106 ________ is the ancestors of the internet

IN107IN108 The uuencode files start with a _______IN109 DARPA is broken into ________ and _______IN110 NSFNET is the united states provides service to _____ and_____

IN111 HTML stands for ______________________________________

IN112

IN113

IN114

IN115

IN116 DTE stands for ____________________

IN117 The basic function of the ______ is transmitting the bits over a channel

IN118 The point to point channel network is also called as _____ and_____IN119 Accessing files using FTP servers is called_____

IN120 The three most commonly used networks are______,______ and______IN121 ________ is in between LAN and WANIN122 _____ can be owed by multiple organisationIN123 Data is transmitted in the form of_____ signalsIN124 DTD stands for __________IN125 Modem stands for __________________

IN126

IN127

IN128 SLIP stands for ________________IN129 PPP stands for _____

IN130 Which of the following best describes uploading information?

The application that confirms whether a document is compliant to its DTD is _________

The windows internet software available are______,_______,________ and______

DARPA stands for _______________________________________________

The first international IP network connections were established in 1973 with _____ and_____

A_____ is a set of computers interconnected by transmission paths to exchange information in internet

A computer that provides a service usable by other computers is called______

A_______ is the representation of physical connectivity of the computers in internet

______ is the process of the digital signals being converted into a form suitable for analog transmission

________ and______ are two basic ways of getting connected to the internet

IN131

IN132

IN133

IN134

IN135IN136 The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system.

IN137

IN138IN139 An action or event that might prejudice security.

IN140IN141 Malicious software.IN142 None the person who is known as father of Internet IN143 This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth.

IN144 When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for

IN145IN146 The means of communicating between networks

IN147

IN148 The term HTTP stands forIN149 A NIC is considered asIN150 A hub is a device that can connect

IN151 Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?IN152 What do routers connect?IN153 What does a router route?IN154 Software which prevents external access to a system is termed

IN155IN156 Which of the following in an OSI layer

IN157IN158 An IP address is a

A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.

The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.

The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.

A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.

Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.


An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person.


A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.



When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?

IN159

IN160 What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiverIN161 Bluetooth isIN162 Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers?IN163 The most preferred number system to represent a IP address isIN164 A MAC address is of

IN165 Protocol is

IN166

IN167 What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology?

IN168IN169 The principal topologies used with LANs are: IN170 What are the various types of bus architecture? IN171 What are the various types of ring architecture?

IN172

IN173IN174 Which one of the following is NOT a network topology?

IN175IN176 The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the:

IN177 What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?IN178 Modem speeds are measured in IN179 LAN speeds are measured in

IN180 WAN speeds are IN181 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of

IN182 To use the Internet, you

IN183

IN184 An NIC IN185 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of IN186 The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is

IN187 JPEG and MPEG

IN188 To use the Internet youIN189 A multiplexer is a form of

To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them



In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub

In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channel


The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:

IN190 An ISP

IN191 FTP is

IN192 Telnet

IN193 A firewall is IN194 A proxy server is IN195 A search engine is

IN196

IN197 An ISP

IN198 FTP is

IN199 Telnet

IN200 Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?

IN201 Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?

IN202

IN203 A firewall is

IN204

IN205

IN206IN207 A proxy server is

IN208

IN209 What can be said about the safety of the Internet?

IN210

IN211 One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:

IN212

IN213

To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a


Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?

A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.

One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.


To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is

Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?

____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.

IN214

IN215 The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:

IN216IN217 Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism?

IN218

IN219

IN220

IN221

IN222 Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?IN223 Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet?

IN224 The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to:

IN225

IN226

IN227IN228 What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?

IN229IN230 Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-Software

IN231

IN232 The major advantage of the checksum program is when it

IN233 Which of the following is a Web browser?IN234 A Web page is another name for -----------

IN235

IN236 A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is:

IN237

The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called

Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?

Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?

An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradation

A company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company can

Which of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?

The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.

Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:

Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:

Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications software

Which protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?


The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:

IN238 Which of the following requires an Internet connection?

IN239IN240 Which of the following is used to update a Web query?

IN241

IN242

IN243

IN244

IN245

IN246

IN247IN248 Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet?IN249 What does FTP stand for?

IN250 What is the purpose of DNS? IN251 Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address?

IN252 Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?IN253 The Internet is controlled by whom?

IN254 What does IRC stand for?

IN255 If you do not pick up your email for a week...?

IN256 What does HTML stand for?

IN257 What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?


You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?

When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?

While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?

A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):

A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is called

_________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.


op1 op2 op3

Netscape Navigator and Mosaictext data from a database symbols

hyperlink hypertext hotword

in random order in sequential order in user-defined orderfirst start home.bmp and .gif .bmp and .jpeg .gif and .jpeg

service,port and directory path

<center> <font size=n> <hr size=n>

common gateway interface classified general instructionsServer Client Browserarpanet the net intranetLAN peer-to-peer connectivity wandata parcel packetsCERN ECRN CARN

yahoo and infoseek mailto and files

bulletin board system business broadcasting system bulletin broadcasting systemsmall large very smallwindows socks windows sockets windows stocksMosaic Yahoo PINE

buffer cache built-inwww.ency.in www.eb.com www.encybrit.comURL DNS FTPinternal network network of network intermediate networkapplication layer transport layer physical layer

finger service ping service ftp service

FTP TELNET ARCHIEuniform research locator uniform resource locator unlimited restore locatorhost computer name of the resource schememessage scheme command lineDelphi Microsoft searsnet web browserbrowser read the Usenet news search for databaseCompuServe internet dialer spy mosaic wincim or maccim

MS Internet Explorer and Mosaic

MS Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator

Service, hostname and directory path

service,hostname,port,directory-path

mail servers,mail clients and alternate services

mail vendors,mail identification and password

mailing lists,mail server robots and gateways to other services

communication generated information

newsgroups and search engines

news groups,yahoo and infoseek

bulletin boards,mails call and wireless system

application servers,proxy servers and web servers

gophering gopherspace cyberspace

Alta vista open text excite

finger server ftp server web serverlist directories image listno maximum of five onemiddle lower tophotlist directory index

index search,menu search menu search,item searchinfoseek excite lycos

netshark cello lynxlynx mosaic LycosMicrosoft internet IBMUsenet finger service ftp

Higher text transfer protocol Hyper text transmission port Hyper text transfer protocoliccp ftp uucpyahoo ftp telnet

one two three

ftp servers domain name servers web serversthe internet adapter the internet administration the internet access

browser protocol site

hotlink text transfer protocol hyper text transfer protocol higher type transfer protocoluniversal resource locator uniform resource locator uniform resource labelfrequent asked query frequently asked question frantically asked question

SLIP,PPP TCP,IP IP,UDP

connection response request

lynx,minx netscape,ie mosaic,gopherworld wide web server world wide web client interfaceglossary index hotwords

university of California netprotocols IP address dns

directory search,index search

transfer control protocol/internet

transmission control protocol/internet protocol

transfer communication protocol/internet protocol

wide search for information and research

windows sockets internets relay chat

world search for information and research council

very easy and rodent oriented net wide index to computerized archives

very organised network integration and communication application

verification on network integration and communication

university of berkeley,berkeley freenet

university of cleveland,cleveland freenet

search engines,directories ftp and finger telnet and ftpallsrc,winsocks wais,allsrc wais,winsocksallsrc waisman winsock

higher text medium language hyper text markup languagehot links hyper text books marks

images applets animation

graphics,videos,audio programms,images,text animation,scripts,executables

first page home page welcome pageglobal network news global networks navigator grand network newsyahoo service electronic mail search engines

email and net conference yahoo and altavista

newsgroup telnet ftp

Lycos catalog point review all the aboveapple link bitnet Delphi

biographical information bookstores

encyclopedia Britannica on-line reference works more informationsearch engines web directories database

Graphical interchange Format Graphical interface format

Jumbled pictures expert graph Joint pictures expert graphmails documents netyahoo,infoseek,altavista netscape,ie,lynx eudora,netscape and pineinformation web pages network connections

BACKGROUND COLOR FCOLOR

Common graphical InterfaceNetwork Interface Communication

Current web page Browser Client

Browser/user Server Web

Uniform resource locator United relay limitedtext only image only text or imageSQL PLSQL SGMLalphalanguage betalanguage metalanguagepalm is not eatable palm is not elm pancake is not edible

hyper transfer markup language

Netscape page starter site,netscape page wizard

computer related abbreviations and acronym

Graphical interpreter formatting

Joint Pictures Expert Group

Communication gateway interface

Communication graphical interface

Unknown resonance language

SGML Processor SGML Preprocessor SGML Parserweb sites images applets

news,cooking and fine arts

nt,windows95,ie,winzip communicator,ie,lynx,winsockdnet arpanet ARPANET

start begin firstmilnet,smaller arpanet mailnet,inet intranet,extraneteducation,research music and dance cooking and dining

Hotlink text markup language Hyper transfer meta language

united states and UK england,norway united states & Russia

server client network

client stand-alone servers

network card network topology network redirectors

data terminal equipment data target equipment

application layer physical layer network layer

file access anonymous ftp file transfer

PAN,NAN,AAN KAN,RAN,VAN LAN,WAN,MANVAN MAN TANLAN MAN WANanalog digital non-digitalData type definition Define type of data Document type definitionMoralize/demoralize Modulation/demodulation Manipulate/demanipulate

Mapping Modulation Manipulation

Cable and wires

Stream line internet protocol Serial line protocolPrime prolonged protocol Point to point protocol Pillar to pillar protocol

storing data on a disk drive storing data on the hard drive

Internet equipment training faculty

International Engineering trainers and faculty

Internet Engineering Task Force

scripting,parsing and compiling

email,file retrived,internet tools

mosaic,gopher,eudora,trumpnet

defensive administrative rank administration network

dedicated and registered projects administration

defensive advanced research projects administration net

Higher text manipulation language

detailed transaction explanation

point to point network and broadcast channel network

packet switching,store and forward network

smart network and dumb network

Satellite link and digital signals

Dedicated access and dial up access

Standard long internet protocol


Bandwidth Speed Size

Find Save Browse

Photography Digital Signature Cryptography

Key Lock Hash Function

User-id Password NamePenetration Retrieval Cryptography

Acts Regulations Address

Spoofing Imposting UnauthorisingLoss Threat Exposure

Sales - tax authorities Income - tax authorities Judge of a civil courtUtility Pirated software VirusTim Berner Lee Hoffman Charles BubbageEtrade.com Amazon .com Dell .com

Automated Tailor Machine Any Time Money

Acts Regulations AddressRouter Gateway Port

LAN WAN CAN

hypertext tracing program hypertext transfer protocolNational Informatics Center Network Interface card New Information CardOnly Computers Can not computers Only printers

Concentrates connectivityBridges and Repeaters. Two or more networks Bridges and Hubsbits frames Packetsfirewall gateway router

One Two FourPhysical Layer Data-Link Layer Network Layer

RG7U Coaxial cable FiberPhysical address Logical address A memory address





A cable Hub Router

Data return to the sender It gets destroyed bit by bit.Wireless technology Wired Technology Ultra violet technologyPhysical Layer Data Link Layer Network LayerBinary ASCII Octal48 Bits 48 Bytes 48 KB

Novell PC Client Server

There isn't one

Physiology Topology Both A and B Bus Star Ring Linear Parallel Both A and B Parallel Circular Linear

Ring Bus Star

Ring Bus StarStar Bus Linear

Ring Bus StarNetwork Layer Transport Layer Physical Layer

Ethernet, token ring, FDDI Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI bps kbps mbps bps Kbps Mbps

measured in bytes per secondCD-ROM drive a modem Windows 95

must use electronic mail must have a LAN account

key gateway interface uniform resource locator common gateway interface

a Novell Interface Controller used to control a printer CD-ROM drive a modem Windows packageLinux Novell Netware Windows NT

have to do with Web pages the Internet

must use electronic mail must have a LAN account Printer modem bridge














is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit


used to send email is part of Netscape

a form of virus a screen saver program a backup server an email server a poor file server hardware IR system for the Internet browser

scanner CD-ROM clip-art file

is a CPU register is a CPU functional unit


used to send email uses telephone lines is part of Netscape


Password cracking System intrusion Denial of Service

a form of virus a screen saver program

IP flood Virus that initiates a ping flood

hack packet flood

firewall router switcha backup server an email server a poor file server

Apply security patches Update virus definitions Backup data on a daily basis

Use of identifiers Use of passwords Use of logical access methods

by attaching to an e-mail. through an FTP port.

Phone E-mail Web traffic

A Trojan horse Adware A worm


uses wireless communication medium



The layers cannot communicate with one another.










by attaching itself to a document.

Modems Protocols Multiplexors

cookies and Trojan horses. Trojan horses and key loggers. cookies and key loggers.

Giving out disinformationEconomic damage Disruption in communication Disruption in supply lines




People Search Yahoo People Search USA People Search

Name of your bank Date of birth Personal assetsVirus Fraud Adware

buy stocks. invest without risk. purchase off-shore property.

Shill bidding Phishing Siphoning

Internet stalking. cyber stalking. virtual stalking.

pop-ups. cookies. spam.Use a fake e-mail address. Never use your real identity. Use a proxy server.

Encryption Physical Security controlsI only II only Both I & II

irc ftp www

Verifies integrity of files Increases boot up time

HTML Internet Explorer Microsoft ExcelWeb query. HTML document. round trip HTML document.

.com is used for company .co in used for company .con is used for companies

round trip HTML. the World Wide Web Consortium HTML.

XML. HTML. DHTML.











the Refresh command the Insert Hyperlink command the Update command

Hyperlink Screensaver Sound

BMP GIF JPEG


extranet. intranet. privileged network.

an attachment. a signature. a footer.

VoIP IPT IPP

Modem CD-ROM Telephone lineFile Transfer Program File Transmission Protocol File Transfer Protocol

So IP addresses can be shorter So email is delivered faster193.1.2.3 45.1.1.1 143.215.12.19

paul .trigg @ domain. org. uk [email protected] paul.domain.ukThe US government Scientists in Switzerland No-one

Internet Relay Chat International Relay of Characters Internet Remote Conversations

It will be deleted


High volumes of email



clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your computer

Click on the Back arrow until the desired site is found












Hyper Text Mark-up Language

Receiving messages automatically from anyone in the group

People discussing a topic of interest globally

op4 ans

None of the above Cvideo C

hotlink B

none of the above Bnone of the above C.wmf and .bmp C

service,hostname and port B

none of the above C

<l1 type=shape> D

none of the above BUser Anone of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above ANET A

none of the above B

none of the above Bnone of the above Anone of the above Bnone of the above BLynx A

none of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above Bsession layer D

none of the above A

none of the above Cnone of the above Bnone of the above Cnone of the above Cgeneral electric Ceditor Bnone of the above Cnone of the above C

none of the above C

none of the above B

none of the above Anone of the above Cmany Bmiddle and lower Dglossary C

item search,index search Call the above D

all the above Cnavigator gold 2.0 CCompuServe Dtelnet D

Hyper text transfer port Cnone of the above Cnone of the above C

none of the above Bnone of the above C

none of the above Bnone of the above A

organization B

none of the above Bname of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above A

close A

none of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above A

none of the above Bnone of the above A

none of the above Anone of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above Cnone of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above A

none of the above Bnone of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above B

archive D

none of the above Dfidonet A

none the above D

galenet Achannel B

Graphical Interface format B

Abrowsers Cnone of the above Cmails B

FONTCOLOR B

Common Gateway Interface DConnection B

None of the above B

Channel A

None of the above Bneither text nor image CCGI Cnone of the above Cnone of the above B

Joint pictures experimental group

SGML Composer Cdocuments A

None of the above C

none of the above C

all of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above Cnone of the above Bnone of the above Anone of the above A

Hyper text markup Language D

none of the above B

none of the above C

none of the above C

none of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above Bnone of the above B

none of the above Cnone of t he above Bnone of the above Cnone of the above BDocument type data Cnone of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above B

none of the above Cnone of the above B

Breceiving information from a host computer

Channel A

Retrieve C

Message Digest C

Formula A

Address BPassword Cracker A

Protocols D

Approving AHacking B

Police officer of IPS rank. BCracker CHoward Aiken AMsn .com B

None of above C

Protocols CPin B

PAN A

hypertext tracing protocol CNone of the above BNone of the above D

All of Above BHubs and nodes BNone of the above Cvirus checker A

None of the above CAll of the above D

Twisted pair BNone of the above B

None of the above B

None of the above BNone of the above AAll of the above DNone of the above A48 MB A

B

Network PC C

B

None of the above BAll of above DNone ABoth A and B B

Mesh C

Mesh BRing C

Mesh AData Link Layer D

Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet Bmips BMips C

limited by modem speeds CNetscape B

All of the above A

application protocol interface C

DNetscape BNone of the above C


A none of the previous D





make of processor A

D

None of the above D

none of the previous D none Dnone of the previous C

search engine D

make of processor A

D

D

C

A

Port sniffing C

none of the previous D

UDP flood A

traffic C

hub Bnone of the above D

Limit logging on access C

ActiveX-enabled sites are safe. B

Use of encryption methods D

B

Application updates D

Spyware D



is a protocol that allows for remote login




LAN B

key loggers and worms. C

DAll of the above are correct. D

D

D

D

Lycos Search B

Criminal records ASpyware B

D

Hoaxing B

Web stalking. B

viruses. BUse anti-spyware software. B

Logical access controls BNeither I or II C

telnet C

B

BWeb browser. B

None of the above A

one way HTML. C

MHTML D






Misleads a program recompilation

both HTML and Internet Explorer

B

Cthe External Data command A

Video C

TIFF C

C

network topology A

an encryption. B

PoIP A

ANone of the above BNone of the above B

None of the above ANone of the above D

None of the above BNone of the above C

None of the above A

None of the above A

None of the above C

None of the above C

viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.




q_id q_desc

EX1 The wizard that is used to import text files is_________________

EX2EX3 Which of the following files could not be opened in excel _______________

EX4EX5 The command to display the current date in a cell is _________________

EX6

EX7

EX8

EX9EX10 The function that in used to join cell values together in a single cell ________

EX11

EX12 The wizard that is used to create and edit charts _______________

EX13

EX14

EX15EX16 The command that is used to apply a format automatically __________

EX17EX18 A particular part of a work sheet can be printed by setting the _________EX19 The process of finding or selecting information is known as ____________

EX20EX21 There are _________ types of data tables

EX22

EX23 The wizard that is used to suggest hints for doing a taskEX24 In a chart Y-axis is known as_________EX25 In a chart X-axis is known as_______________EX26 _________ is a set of tables that describe each of the data seriesEX27 ________ is used to differentiate one data series from anotherEX28 The chart that contains only one data series is _________EX29 The chart that holds the column chart is _________EX30 The chart that display two or more data series on a surface is _________EX31 The chart that is used to display discrete dataEX32 _________ are not allowed in a macro name

EX33 Which of the following tool cannot be used to view the excel web page_______

EX34 The wizard that used to build an interactive table from data existing on sheetsEX35 The chart that is used for displaying stock market information

The alphabet indicating the column followed by the row number is known an__________

In excel, the dates that are stored as sequential numbers known as ________________-

In excel, absolute references are represented by a ________ before the column and row addresses

The ________ can be used to select the function and assemble the arguments correctly

Specific parts of information required by functions to perform certain tasks are called as___________

Which of the following do not belong to the formula category in excel environment__________

The function that is used to count all the values that meet specific criteria _________

The function that is used to calculate the payment for specific loan terms ____________

The function that is used to add together all values that meet specific criteria is known as ____________

The __________ option present in the file menu options is used to specify major facts of the page to be printed

The ____________ makes the information in a worksheet meaningful and easy to understand

The option that is used to cancel the filter process for a specific column and display all the records is ________

The tables that allows the user to change or rearrange the data, summarize the data and evaluate the data using changing points of view is known as

EX36

EX37EX38 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in __________EX39 A pie chart can represent only one data series at a time

EX40

EX41 Which one of the following statements related to stock chart is NOT TRUE ?

EX42

EX43

EX44EX45 A ___________ is an excel file where the user stores his data

EX46 Spreadsheets are useful for _______________EX47 Which one of the following is NOT the component of the pivot table ?EX48 Excel allows upto ______ levels of sortingEX49 Filtering rearranges a list to display the required recordsEX50 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in _____________

EX51

EX52

EX53

EX54EX55 Which following function is used in subtotal option ?______________EX56 A workbook consists of many ________

EX57 Which two of the following statements related to pivot table are TRUE ?EX58 Which one of the following is NOT a What-if analysis tool ?

EX59 The _________ wizard separates contents in a cell into different cellsEX60 A spreadsheet is a grid of rows and columns and is called as a ________EX61 Pick out the window that is not a form of excel ___________EX62 On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…

In excel, the subtotal command also generates grand total after the last group subtotal_________

In advanced filter , the criteria occupying multiple columns but more than one row, is considered as an ________ criteria.

The ______ generates a summarized report in tabular form in an interactive manner


Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?

Which one of the following will be the tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet ?

The ______ generates a summarised report in tabular form in an interactive manner

Which one of the following statements related to stacked bar chart is NOT TRUE ?


Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?

EX63

EX64

EX65 Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?

EX66EX67 The difference between the highest and the lowest values.EX68 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX69 To select a column the easiest method is to …EX70 If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents.

EX71EX72 All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT:EX73 Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?EX74 Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel?

EX75 Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first?

EX76 Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant?

EX77 How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?

EX78 How can you change the active cell?

EX79 Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?

EX80 The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:

EX81

EX82

EX83

EX84

EX85

EX86 Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet?EX87 All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:EX88 Which of the following is a valid cell range?




The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as

The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.

In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.

Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?

Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?

Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?

EX89 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the: EX90 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:

EX91EX92 A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known asEX93 Which of the following is considered an absolute cell reference?

EX94

EX95

EX96

EX97 The F4 key is used to:

EX98

EX99 Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?

EX100 Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:

EX101 If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:

EX102

EX103 The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:EX104 The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:

EX105 What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it?

EX106 A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:

EX107

EX108EX109 Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?

EX110 Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?

EX111

Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?

Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?

Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?

Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?

Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?


The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.

The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?

To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.

EX112

EX113

EX114EX115 What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?

EX116 To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .EX117 Spreadsheets can be used for...

EX118EX119 Which of the functions is not valid for performing additionEX120 The default orientation for the printed page is _____. EX121 Which is not a valid cell address?

Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing this

What would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?

To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.


op1 op2 op3 op4


cell reference row reference column reference none of the abovetext files Lotus 1-2-3 quattropro or xbase files class files

serial values domain values range values reference values=today() =date() =currentdate() none of the above

dollar sign ' = ' sign # sign none of the above

AutoSum AutoFill function wizard none of the above

variables arguments parameters none of the above

text logical numeric Booleanconcatenate pmt merge none of the above

countif vlookup pmt count


sumif pmt countif none of the above

average sum sumif countif

page setup print area print none of the aboveautoformat AutoFill none of the above

bordering formatting shading none of the abovepage setup print area print print previewfiltering searching sorting none of the above

all option blanks all blanks none1 2 3 4

data table filtered table index table pivot table

pivot table wizard chart wizard tip wizardseries or rank category legend data markerseries or rank category legend data markerseries or rank category legend data markerseries or rank category legend data markercolumn chart bar chart pie chart surface chartcolumn chart bar chart pie chart surface chartcolumn chart bar chart pie chart surface chartcolumn chart bar chart pie chart surface chartspaces wild card characters symbols none of the above

excel97 internet explorer Netscape word 2000

pivot table wizard chart wizard tip wizardline chart bar chart stock chart pie chart





true false

and or3-dimensions 4-dimensions Multi-dimensionstrue false


It shows trends over time

Pivot table Scenario manager Solver Data table.

Goal seek Scenario manager Pivot table Data table.

Goal seek Pivot table Solver Data table.Workbook Worksheet Spreadsheet none of the above

All of the above Column field Row field. Source table name. Pivot table item.two three Ntrue false3-dimensions 4-dimensions Multi-dimensions


Pivot table. Scenario manager Solver Data table

Goal seek Scenario manager Pivot table Data tableCount. Standard deviation SumIfdatabases records tables worksheets

Goal seek. Scenario manager solver Pivot table

text import wizard tip wizard function wizardworksheet workbook tables databaseapplication window document window modal windowA dark wide border A dotted border No border A blinking border

It is also called as high-low-close chart

It is often used to display share market prices over a period of time

It is also used for indicating fluctuations in temperature changes

Performing calculations.

Performing database operations

Performing text formatting.

It displays the data series one on top of the other.

It is useful when several components are changing and the user is interested in the sum of the components.

It can be represented in 3-dimensions

It is a tool for summarizing and analyzing the data records in an interactive manner.

It is a tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet

It summarizes the data by using analytical functions.


8,16,32 2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10

either b or c

speed of calculation cost of initial set-up

word processing graphical database spreadsheetRange Address Gap RowsProducing graphs Writing letters Drawing pictures Document filing

click the column labelENTER CTRL + ENTER TAB INSERT

array. function. constant. formula.100 (201)555-1212. #VALUE! Tom McKenzie.Cell references Functions Numeric constants Text constants^ / * \

B5*B6 C3/D4 D4^2 It is impossible to determine.

E12 6 SUM(H9:H11) G7*SUM(H9:H11)

It is blinking.


File Edit View Window

Preview Details List Properties

Insert Delete Both Insert and Delete Clear

Clear Delete Both Clear and Delete Remove

Headers and footers Fonts Margins

Options Page Setup View Editworksheet. range. group. cell group.6 D12, G25 D12:G25 D



the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the number

ability to generate tables

flexibility of moving entries



click the column heading







By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula bar

The Cell Format command on the Edit menu







copy range. destination range. clipboard. source range.paste range. destination range. clipboard. source range.

The Copy command The Paste commandabsolute relative mixed constant B4 $B4 B$4 $B$4

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

The Move command The Cut command The Paste command

copy and paste cells. edit cells.

the Fill Handle the Format Painter the Formatting toolbar Conditional formatting

the cell address. the value in the cell

text with a four-digit year. an integer.

Jul-30 Aug-31 29/03/2008

the F4 key. the F2 key. the Esc key. the F1 key.

03-Apr 0.75

a cell on a worksheet. a variable. a constant.

B1-G10 B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10

AVERAGE COUNT MAX SUM Combination Line Pie Scatter

hold down the SHIFT key hold down the ALT key hold down CTRL + SHIFT

The Duplicate command










whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference.

text with a two-digit year.

text with either a two-digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.

It is impossible to determine from the information given.






Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formatting

either a cell on a worksheet or a variable.





hold down the CTRL key

Use tables Create four separate files Use multiple sheets

Paste Fill Down Fill Right Paste Special

Tools | Sort Data | Sort Edit | Data | Sort none of the choicesAnalyse data Calculate data Create forms None of the above

click the Print buttonproducing graphs writing letters drawing pictures None of the above

(D4+C2)*B2 D4+C2*B2 #VALUE! =(B2*(D4+C2)0 =A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM REF! None of the aboveportrait landscape whatever was last used verticalAD213 ZA1 A0 None of the above





ans

A

AD

DA

A

C

B

DA

A

B

B

C

AA

BBA

AB

D

DABCDCBDAA

A

AC

A

BAA

B

B

C

A

DA

DCBBA

B

B

C

AAD

AD

BACA

D

C

D

DAA

CA

BCDD

C

B

A

C

B

C

A

B

C

B

C

BBC

DB

DAD

B

C

D

C

B

B

D

C

B

AB

C

D

D

CC

D

A

D

B

BC

DA

CBAC

q_id q_desc op1

EC1 The acronym for B2B is ___________

EC2 Billboard

EC3

EC4 Intermediaries

EC5 Order Placement

EC6

EC7

EC8 Online Catalog

EC9 EDIFACT is an abbreviation of ________

EC10 EDI

EC11 Compiler

EC12 Business-to-BusinessEC13 E-cash means______________________ Emergency Cash

EC14EC15 The small denomination digital tokens are called _________ Microcash

EC16 Decryption

EC17 Internal Format File

EC18 ANSI

EC19 batch files

EC20 Smart Card

EC21 E-cash

EC22EC23 The network based technology is/are ____________ EDI

Business-to- Business

The _____________ model is the least intrusive model but requires active search on the part of the customer

__________ is / are a form of advertisement where people relate their experience with products and services

Customer Endorsements

The _________ are software agents who communicate with the business merchants on behalf of the customers

The Pre-purchase preparation phase includes _______________ for a set of products

The _________ phase includes customer service and support to address customer complaints , product returns and products defects

Post purchase interaction

The ________ allow companies to bypass the need for costly printed catalogs

Billboard model of marketing

A ________________ is a basket on the Net that is used to place the items that are being purchased

EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transaction

The __________ allows for protocol conversion and communicates with the bank using the banks private network or the Internet

In Ecommerce, data extraction, transforming the data into transmittable form, transmitting the data and downloading the data are the operations employed in _________

The _________ commerce assists in integrating the customers and suppliers of the company directly into the organisation

E-commerce is a tool that addresses the desire of firms to cut services cost and improving the quality of goods. It is a definition of e-commerce from _________

Communication Perspective

The ____________ is the process of encoding information to prevent it from being read by unauthorized parties

In EDI interface, the translation service receives _________ as incoming files from the communication service

The EDI standardisation for International Trade and Commerce is introduced by __________

In EDI, the transmission files are composed of different sets of external format files which are grouped into multiple sets under the name of ________

The ________________ are pre-paid credit cards that include an embedded cards

________________ are another form of credit payment that lets customers use digital online cheques to pay Web merchants directly

In Active advertisement, there are two types of models. They are _____ and ________

Billboards and Junk Mail

EC24 True

EC25

EC26 Value Added Network is an example of _________ Global Network

EC27

EC28 Broadcast

EC29 E-mail

EC30 Catalog

EC31 The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is Error checking

EC32

EC33 What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?

EC34

EC35 Replying promptly

EC36

Decryption is a process employed for scrambling of plain text for web based transactions

Asymmetric cryptosystem is based on __________ and ____________

Login_Id and Password

The advertising strategies emerging in the on-line world are ____________

Active or push based advertising

The _________ model use direct mail, spot television or cable television, in active based advertisement.

The ________ is a form of mail that is not targeted to a specific audience

The __________ model refers to information that is placed at a point where it will be noticed by customers in the course of other activities and does not require active search


Competitive espionage


An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______


Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?


Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the confidentiality of data is the primary risk.

op2 op3 op4 ans

Business-to-Backend Backend-to-Business Business- to-Billboard A

On-line Catalog Endorsements Broadcast B

Billboard Catalog Broadcast A

portals .COM Domains A

Service None of the above C

Search and discovery A

Online catalog None of the above B

Shopping cart Billboard Pulling cart B

None of the above C

TCP/IP EFT Gateway D

Interpreter Assembler EDI D

BElectronic Cash Euro Cash Endorsed Cash B

Service Perspective None of the above CMicro Transactions TT(Tiny token) E-token A

SSL Encryption Subscription C

External Format File Transmission File None of the above C

UN/EBCDIC UNESCO UN/EDIFACT D

interchange sets functions functional groups D

Embedded cards SET None of the above A

Digital Cash Smart Cards Electronic cheques D

CE-mail EFT All of the above D

Search and discovery

Purchase consummation

Pre-purchase preparation

Endorsement model of marketing

EDI For Administration, Consumer and Transport

EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transport

Business-to-Consumer

Consumer-to-Business

Customer-to-Company

Business Process Perspective

Online Catalog and Billboards

Broadcast and Junk Mail

Online Catalog and Customer Endorsements

False B

D

Private Network None of the above B

All of the above D

Junk mail Billboard Endorsements A

Bulk-mail Direct-mail Junk mail D

Endorsement Billboard Broadcast C

Data Integration Low cost of operation Quality management B

Corporate espionage Industrial espionage Economic espionage C

Research data B

None of above C

Including the Subject D

C

Primary Key and Private Key

Public Key and Password

Public Key and Private Key

Satellite Area Network

Passive or pull-based advertising

Glow sign or hoarding strategies





Keeping messages short

Using all capital letters

Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in other information systems.

Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption performed by software.

Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at that level will be identified by the service provider.

q_id q_desc

DS1

DS2

DS3

DS4

DS5 The Costs of Digital Signature consists mainly of the following

DS6 CA stands for ________________

DS7

DS8

DS9 ______________ enable web servers to operate in a secure mode.

DS10

DS11

DS12

DS13

DS14

DS15 CRL stands for

DS16

DS17

DS18

DS19

DS20

DS21

___________ means the result of applying to specific information certain specific technical processes.

__________ is an algorithm which creates a digital representation or "fingerprint" in the form of a "hash result".

__________ is of standard length which is usually much smaller than the message but nevertheless substantially unique to it.

Digital Signature involves two processes. They are ___________ and __________.

A Digital Certificate is issued by a Certification Authority and is signed with the CA's Private Key

A Digital Certificate does contain Owner's Public Key, Owner's name, Expiration date of the Private Key, Serial number of the digital certificate

______________ are used by individuals when they exchange messages with other users or online services.

______________ are on-line databases of certificates and other information available for retrieval and use in verifying digital signatures.

Signing Writings serve the following general purposes______,_______,_______ and _______

The most widely accepted format for Digital Certificate is defined by the CCITT X.509

A certificate may prove to be unreliable, such as in situations where the subscriber misrepresents his identity to the certification authority

The prospective signer identified in the digital certificate holds the_________ and is called the ___________

A "recipient" of the certificate desiring to rely upon a Digital Signature created by the subscriber named in the certificate is called the ____________

The Relying Party can use the ___________ listed in the certificate to verify that the digital signature was created with the corresponding _________

Digital Signatures are used for a variety of Electronic Transactions like ________________________

To associate with a key pair with a prospective signer, a Certification Authority issues Digital Certificate

Digital Signatures, if properly implemented and utilized offer promising solutions to the problems of Imposters, Message Integrity, __________ and _____________

DS22

DS23DS24 "Hash Function" is used in both creating and verifying Digital Signature

DS25

DS26

DS27

DS28

DS29 _______ is known only to the signer and is used to create the digital signature.

DS30

DS31

DS32

DS33 A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:

DS34 What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?

DS35

In, Digital Signature, _____________ perform the "ceremonial" function of alerting the signer to the fact that the signer is consummating a transaction with legal consequences

A Digital Signature must have the following attributes ________________ and _____________

___________ provides assurance of the origin or delivery of data in order to protect the sender against false denial by the recipient that the data has been received, or to protect the recipient against false denial by the sender that the data was sent.

___________ serves the ceremonial and approval functions of a signature and establishes the sense of having legally consummated a transaction.

________ is a branch of applied mathematics concerns itself with transforming messages into seemingly unintelligible forms and back again.

The complementary keys of an asymmetric cryptosystem for Digital Signatures are arbitarily termed as _________, and ____________

_______ is ordinarily more widely known and is used by a relying party to verify the digital signature.

____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.

Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?


op1 op2 op3 op4

Digital Sign Digital Certificate

Hash Function Digital Signature Digital Certificate Private Key

Hash Function Hash Value Hash Result Both B and A

Digital Signature creation Both A and B Either A or B

Certification Authority Certified Authority

True False

True False

Server Certificate Developer Certificate

Server Certificate Developer Certificate

Private Certificate Repositories Public Key

Evidence, Ceremony, Approval Approval, Evidence

True False

True False

Certificate Revocation List Certificate Resource List

Private Key, Subscriber Public key, Recipient

Recipient Party Relying Party Either A or B Neither A nor B

Public Key Private Key Both A and B Both B and A

E-mail Electronic Commerce All The Above

Not False Not True

Open System

Digital Signature

None of the above

Digital Signature Verification

Institutional Overhead and Subscriber Relying Party Cost

Subscriber Relying Party Cost

Institutional Overhead

None of the above

Certificate Authority

None of the above

Personal Digital Certificate

None of the above

Personal Digital certificate

None of the above

none of the above

Efficiency and logistics, Evidence

Evidence, Ceremony, Approval, Efficiency and Logistics

certificate Revocation Letter

None Of The Above

Private Key, Recipient

None Of The Above

Electronic Fund Transfers

Closed System,Formal Legal requirements

Formal Legal Requirements

Formal Legal Requirements, Open System

Affirmative Act Efficiency

Signer Authentication Both A and B Neither A nor BNot True Not False

Nonrepudiation Service Digital signature Digital certificate Private Key

Affirmative Act Efficiency Either A or B Neither A nor B.

Cryptography Public Key Private Key




Decryption Cipher Encryption Cryptography


Unaltered in transmission. Not intercepted en route.

Collision. Data entry errors.

Signer authentication

None of the above

Document Authentication

None of the above






Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will work.





Firewall vulnerability.

ans

C

A

D

C

A

A

A

B

A

C

B

D

A

A

A

A

B

C

D

A

D

A

CB

A

A

A

C

A

B

C

D

A

A

D

Documents

24 Itt Questions